[go: up one dir, main page]

US20150070187A1 - Wireless Relay Module For Remote Monitoring Systems - Google Patents

Wireless Relay Module For Remote Monitoring Systems Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20150070187A1
US20150070187A1 US14/462,025 US201414462025A US2015070187A1 US 20150070187 A1 US20150070187 A1 US 20150070187A1 US 201414462025 A US201414462025 A US 201414462025A US 2015070187 A1 US2015070187 A1 US 2015070187A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
identification information
medical device
relay module
patient
patient identification
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/462,025
Inventor
Joel D. Wiesner
Kenneth M. Breitweiser
Robert B. Gaines
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Covidien LP
Original Assignee
Covidien LP
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US13/006,769 external-priority patent/US8818260B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/006,784 external-priority patent/US8897198B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/037,886 external-priority patent/US8694600B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/334,459 external-priority patent/US8855550B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/334,447 external-priority patent/US8903308B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/334,463 external-priority patent/US20130162426A1/en
Priority claimed from US13/352,608 external-priority patent/US9495511B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/352,575 external-priority patent/US8811888B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/353,565 external-priority patent/US9020419B2/en
Priority to US14/462,025 priority Critical patent/US20150070187A1/en
Application filed by Covidien LP filed Critical Covidien LP
Priority to US14/501,632 priority patent/US20150099458A1/en
Publication of US20150070187A1 publication Critical patent/US20150070187A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H40/00ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/60ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/67ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices for remote operation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04QSELECTING
    • H04Q9/00Arrangements in telecontrol or telemetry systems for selectively calling a substation from a main station, in which substation desired apparatus is selected for applying a control signal thereto or for obtaining measured values therefrom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/0002Remote monitoring of patients using telemetry, e.g. transmission of vital signals via a communication network
    • A61B5/0015Remote monitoring of patients using telemetry, e.g. transmission of vital signals via a communication network characterised by features of the telemetry system
    • A61B5/0022Monitoring a patient using a global network, e.g. telephone networks, internet
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/14Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
    • A61M5/142Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/15Active relay systems
    • H04B7/155Ground-based stations
    • H04B7/15528Control of operation parameters of a relay station to exploit the physical medium
    • H04B7/15542Selecting at relay station its transmit and receive resources
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/14Relay systems
    • H04B7/15Active relay systems
    • H04B7/155Ground-based stations
    • H04B7/15592Adapting at the relay station communication parameters for supporting cooperative relaying, i.e. transmission of the same data via direct - and relayed path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01Protocols
    • H04L67/12Protocols specially adapted for proprietary or special-purpose networking environments, e.g. medical networks, sensor networks, networks in vehicles or remote metering networks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/02Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61MDEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2205/00General characteristics of the apparatus
    • A61M2205/35Communication
    • A61M2205/3576Communication with non implanted data transmission devices, e.g. using external transmitter or receiver
    • A61M2205/3592Communication with non implanted data transmission devices, e.g. using external transmitter or receiver using telemetric means, e.g. radio or optical transmission
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02Terminal devices
    • H04W88/04Terminal devices adapted for relaying to or from another terminal or user

Definitions

  • the present application is directed to systems and methods for communicating between a series of medical devices and remote monitoring devices, and more particularly, to a wireless relay module for receiving communications from and transmitting communications to medical devices via a wireless relay network, and for transferring the communications received from the remote monitoring devices via an internet-accessible wireless communications network.
  • the present disclosure is directed to a wireless relay module for providing networked communications between a series of medical devices and remote monitoring devices.
  • one or more medical devices including but not limited to including for example, respirators, external feeding devices, pulse oximeters, blood pressure monitors, pulse monitors, weight scales and glucose meters
  • An interface circuit is coupled to each medical device, and is configured for communicating with at least one of a plurality of the wireless relay modules via a wireless relay network and/or with other medical devices.
  • the wireless relay modules and medical devices are advantageously further configured to communicate with a remote monitoring device over an internet-accessible wireless communication network, and preferably, a wireless wide-area network (WWAN) such as a mobile telephone data network including (for example, based on a Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) cellular network or associated wireless data channels).
  • WWAN wireless wide-area network
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • communications over each of the wireless networks are preferably conducted securely.
  • Systems and methods for providing communications between a medical device to be used by a patient and a remote monitoring device via an internet-accessible wireless communications network include obtaining identification information identifying the patient, obtaining identification information identifying the medical device transmitting each of the patient identification information and the medical device identification information to the remote monitoring device via the internet-accessible wireless communications network, receiving an acknowledgement status from the remote monitoring device via the internet-accessible wireless communications network; and transmitting data corresponding to an output of at least one sensor of the medical device for said patient by the medical device via the internet-accessible wireless communications network when the received acknowledgement status represents a particular status.
  • one or more medical devices including, for example, enteral feeding devices and systems, thermometers, pulse oximeters, respirators, blood pressure monitors, pulse monitors, weight scales and glucose meters) are provided at a patient facility.
  • An interface circuit is coupled to each medical device, and is configured for communicating with one of a plurality of wireless relay modules via a wireless relay network.
  • the wireless relay modules are further configured to communicate with a remote monitoring device over an internet-accessible wireless communication network, and preferably, a wireless wide-area network (WWAN) such as a mobile telephone data network, e.g. 3G or 4G network.
  • WWAN wireless wide-area network
  • communications over each of the wireless networks are preferably conducted securely.
  • Each of the plurality of wireless relay modules includes a receiver capable of wirelessly receiving medical device data from respective interface circuits via the wireless relay network, a first transmitter capable of wirelessly transmitting medical device data to another one of the wireless relay modules over the wireless relay network, a second transmitter capable of wirelessly transmitting data over an internet-accessible wireless communications network; and a controller coupled to the first and second transmitters.
  • the controller is configured to determine access status of the internet-accessible wireless communications network, and to select one of the first or second transmitters based on that status. For example, when the status indicates that the internet-accessible wireless communications network is accessible to the wireless relay module, the controller selects the second transmitter for transmitting medical device data transmitted by the interface circuit to the internet-accessible wireless communications network.
  • the controller selects the first transmitter for transmitting the medical device data to another one of the wireless relay modules. In this manner, additional attempts to transmit the medical device data over the internet-accessible wireless communication network can be attempted by this other wireless relay module (and potentially additional ones of the wireless relay modules) until a successful transmission is achieved.
  • the wireless relay module may also advantageously communicate its status and the status of other wireless relay modules via the wireless relay network and over the internet-accessible wireless communications network.
  • the wireless relay module may further include a second receiver for receiving data and commands from the internet-accessible wireless communications network for communicating to specific interface circuits and corresponding medical devices.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram of an embodiment of a medical device network architecture that incorporates a wireless relay module.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram of an embodiment medical device network architecture that incorporates a wireless relay module.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram of an embodiment medical device network architecture that incorporates a wireless relay module.
  • FIG. 1D is a perspective diagram of a personal enclosure for a medical device and/or a relay device.
  • FIG. 2A is a network diagram of a network including medical devices and/or relay devices.
  • FIG. 2B is a network diagram of a network including medical devices and/or relay devices.
  • FIGS. 3A-3D are block diagrams of embodiments of relay devices.
  • FIGS. 3E-3G are top, front, and side views of a relay device.
  • FIG. 3H is a diagram of a control panel associated with a relay device.
  • FIG. 3I is a diagram of a control panel associated with a relay device.
  • FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B are flow diagrams of processes for transmitting medical device data.
  • FIG. 4C is flow diagram of a process including determining module status.
  • FIG. 4D is a flow diagram of a process including determining WWAN status.
  • FIG. 4E is a flow diagram of a process including determining WLAN/WPAN status.
  • FIG. 4F is a flow diagram of a process including initiating a call to an emergency responder.
  • FIG. 4G is a flow diagram of a process including producing location data.
  • FIG. 4H is a table diagram of priority codes.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow diagram of a process including determining whether an interface device is accessible.
  • FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B are flow diagrams including producing an alert.
  • FIG. 6C is a flow diagram including transmitting a power alarm.
  • FIG. 6D is a flow diagram including transmitting a low battery alarm.
  • FIG. 7A is a flow diagram including sending a heartbeat request to a medical device.
  • FIG. 7B is a flow diagram including initiating patient/device synchronization.
  • FIG. 7C is a flow diagram including adding patient information to a local directory.
  • FIG. 8 is a flow diagram including logging in to a device set-up screen.
  • FIG. 9A is a flow diagram including displaying a list of active devices available.
  • FIGS. 9B-9D are screen displays for retrieving and viewing the medical data.
  • FIG. 10A is a flow diagram illustrating a method for issuing a command to a medical device via the remote monitoring system.
  • FIGS. 10B and 10C are screen displays for commanding a medical device.
  • FIG. 11A is a flow diagram illustrating a method for recognizing and reporting an alert condition according to medical data logged via the remote monitoring.
  • FIG. 11B is a screen display for selecting a recipient for receiving an alert message.
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a computer or server device suitable for use in the remote monitoring system.
  • a network architecture for centralized monitoring of medical devices using wireless relay networks and/or internet-accessible wireless communications networks having emergency call functionality to provide a secondary level of protection when significant health conditions occur.
  • the architecture in addition enables the approximate location of the monitored medical devices to be determined.
  • FIG. 1 A schematic diagram of an architecture 100 for a system for monitoring medical devices is illustrated in FIG. 1 .
  • One or more medical devices 10 are provided at a patient facility 20 for monitoring the medical condition and/or administering medical treatment to one or more patients.
  • Patient facility 20 may comprise a critical care health service center (for example, including hospitals, clinics, assisted living centers and the like) servicing a number of patients, a home facility for servicing one or more patients, or a personal enclosure (for example, a backpack) that may attached to and/or be worn by an ambulatory patient.
  • a critical care health service center for example, including hospitals, clinics, assisted living centers and the like
  • a personal enclosure for example, a backpack
  • each medical device 10 Associated with each medical device 10 is an interface circuit 15 that includes a transceiver having one or more of a transmitter and/or a receiver for respectively transmitting and receiving signals in a facility-oriented wireless network such as, for example, a Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks or “LR-WPAN,” ZIGBEE network or other low-power personal area networks such as a low power BLUETOOTH network, e.g. Bluetooth 4.0, existing or presently under development or consideration, for emulating a mesh network (such as ZIGBEE network) or otherwise.
  • LR-WPAN Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks
  • ZIGBEE network or other low-power personal area networks
  • a low power BLUETOOTH network e.g. Bluetooth 4.0
  • a mesh network such as ZIGBEE network
  • a suitable access point 40 may include an inbound web server 41 that incorporates or otherwise has access to a transceiver for communicating with the relay modules 30 a over the WWAN. Medical device data received by the inbound web server 41 over the WWAN is forwarded to a secure data storage server 42 , which is configured for example to log the received data in association with identification information of the associated medical devices.
  • medical device data and “data” as generally used herein means data from or about the medical device including, for example, medical device identification, medical device software, medical device settings or status information (including alarm information and/or alarm priority), patient identification information, patient personal identification number(s) “PIN(s)”, patient prescriptions, and/or patient medical and/or physiological data as is collected, produced and/or generated by the medical device.
  • An outbound web server 43 (which may be associated with access point 40 ) is configured, for example, to receive and qualify data retrieval requests submitted by one or more of remote monitoring devices 61 , 62 and 63 over a broad-band network 50 (for example, over the Internet), to request associated medical device data to be retrieved from the secure data storage server 42 , and to format and transmit the retrieved data to the one or more remote monitoring devices 61 , 62 and 63 for display on associated device displays.
  • a broad-band network 50 for example, over the Internet
  • any architecture for the access point 40 that enables the receipt, storage and retrieval of medical device data on a device display of the one or more remote monitoring devices 61 , 62 and 63 is intended to be included within the scope of the technology disclosed here.
  • Variations of the architecture may involve utilizing a web server integrated with a data storage server.
  • storage server 42 may be integrated into the outbound web server 43 .
  • Further alternative configurations may for example involve a plurality of mirror storage servers 42 each storing medical device data, and accessible as a plurality of outbound web servers 43 .
  • communications over each of the facility-oriented wireless network and WWAN are preferably conducted securely using, for example, using a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol or a Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol.
  • SSL Secure Sockets Layer
  • TLS Transport Layer Security
  • FIG. 1B a diagram of another embodiment of a system 100 B for monitoring medical devices is illustrated. Some or all of the elements shown in FIG. 1B may be the same as or similar to the elements in FIG. 1 .
  • One or more medical devices 10 are provided at a patient facility 20 for monitoring the medical condition and/or administering medical treatment to one or more patients.
  • Patient facility 20 may comprise a critical care health service center (for example, including hospitals, clinics, assisted living centers and the like) servicing a number of patients, a home facility for servicing one or more patients, or a personal enclosure (for example, a backpack) that may be attached to or worn by an ambulatory patient.
  • Examples of medical devices include, but are not limited to, include ventilators, urology devices, energy delivery devices, pulse oximeters, predictive thermometers, tympanic thermometers, patient electrodes, and food pumps.
  • each medical device 10 Associated with each medical device 10 is an interface circuit 15 that includes a transceiver having one or more of a transmitter and/or a receiver for respectively transmitting and receiving signals in a facility-oriented wireless network 17 such as, for example, a Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks or “LR-WPAN,” ZIGBEE network or another low-power personal area network such as a low power Bluetooth network, existing or presently under development or consideration.
  • LR-WPAN Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks
  • ZIGBEE network another low-power personal area network
  • a low power Bluetooth network existing or presently under development or consideration. See, e.g., Houda Labiod et al., Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Zigbee and WiMax, Springer 2010, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • interface circuit 15 may be contained within or disposed external to medical device 10 .
  • Each relay module 30 a may include a first transceiver for receiving signals from and transmitting signals to the interface circuits 15 in the facility-oriented wireless network 17 , and further include a second transceiver for wirelessly transmitting signals to and receiving signals from an access point 40 via a wireless wide-area network (“WWAN”) 52 .
  • WWANs include, for example, networks based on a Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) cellular network or associated with the 2G, 3G, 3G Long Term Evolution, 4G, WiMAX cellular wireless standards of the International Telecommunication Union Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R).
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • communications over each of the facility-oriented wireless network and WWAN are preferably conducted securely using, for example, a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol or a Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol or other cryptographic protocols.
  • SSL Secure Sockets Layer
  • TLS Transport Layer Security
  • the access point 40 includes an inbound server (“device integration server”) 41 that incorporates or otherwise has access to a transceiver for communicating with the relay modules 30 a over the WWAN.
  • Medical device data, medical device identifier, and/or patient identifier received by the device integration server 41 over the WWAN is forwarded to a secure device web server 45 , which is configured for example to log the received data in association with identification information of the associated medical devices in a device control database 44 .
  • Medical device data includes data from or about the medical device including, for example, medical device identification, medical device software, medical device settings or status information (including alarm information and/or alarm priority), patient identification information, patient personal identification number(s) “PIN(s)”, patient prescriptions, and/or patient medical and/or physiological data as is collected, produced and/or generated by at least one of the medical device and patient identification device; as well as wireless relay network information such as location or status information.
  • An outbound web server 43 is configured, for example, to receive and qualify data retrieval requests submitted by one or more of first remote monitoring devices 62 over a broad-band network 50 (for example, over the Internet), and/or second remote monitoring devices 73 , 75 over a wired or wireless wide area network. It is advantageous for such requests be made in an encrypted format. Suitable encryption formats useable for such requests may include, for example, formats compliant with the HIPAA regulations described above.
  • the outbound web server 43 requests associated medical device data or portions thereof to be retrieved from the device control database 44 via the secure device web server 45 , requests associated program data for constructing a display page from a metadata and applications database 46 , and requests associated patient data to be retrieved from a patient database 66 provided in a patient care database node 60 over a secure link 54 via a secure patient web server 64 .
  • the secure link 54 can be implemented, for example as another WWAN using a SSL protocol or a TLS protocol.
  • a third party service provider may host the access point 40 to simultaneously support a number of distinct patient and/or home care facilities, thereby eliminating the need for each of these facilities to configure and maintain their own private access point facilities and providing hosting service to each facility that are likely far less than the costs of configuring and maintaining dedicated access point facilities by each care facility provider.
  • access point 40 and patient care database node 60 may nevertheless be integrated into a single access point or node (for example, by a provider of a very large-scale facility provider monitoring many hundreds or thousands of patients).
  • the outbound web server 43 provides an interface for authenticated clinicians or other monitoring personnel to retrieve patient and medical device data from each of the patient care database node 60 and the access point 40 in a convenient and transparent manner such that the details of the configurations and operation of the access point 40 and patient care database node 60 are of no consequence to the clinicians or other monitoring personnel.
  • the first remote monitoring devices 67 are intended to be used by healthcare providers such for example, clinicians, physicians, technicians, nurses and other healthcare specialists monitoring patients associated with medical devices 10 .
  • Suitable first remote monitoring devices 67 may include, for example, desktop or laptop computers, tablet computer smart or other mobile phones, or other fixed or portable display devices.
  • the second remote monitoring devices 73 , 75 are advantageously intended to be used by caregivers and/or relatives of the patient such as parents, located proximate the patient such as in a homecare environment or small healthcare facility, or nurses at a larger healthcare facilities, e.g., hospitals.
  • Suitable second remote monitoring devices 73 , 75 likewise may include, for example, desktop or laptop computers, tablet computer, smart or other mobile phones, or other fixed or other portable communication devices.
  • the outbound web server 43 is depicted coupled to a network status server 80 , which monitors the status of the facility-oriented wireless network 17 and associated medical devices 10 .
  • the network status server 80 is intended to provide status information concerning the facility-oriented wireless network 17 and associated medical devices 10 to the outbound web server 43 .
  • Status information concerning the facility-oriented wireless network 17 includes, for example, signal strength, data rates, particular transmission time stamps between modules comprising the network 17 , number active relay modules in the network 17 , unique identifier number for a particular relay module of the network 17 .
  • the network status server 80 may be implemented in hardware or software running on an application specific or general purpose processor or computer, as part of or separate from the outbound web server 43 .
  • the network status server 80 is shown coupled to the outbound web server 43 for ease of illustration and discussion purposes only.
  • the network status server 80 may be coupled to any component or network of the access point 40 or facility-oriented wireless network 17 .
  • the outbound web server 43 upon retrieving the requested medical device data and patient data from the patient care database node 60 , the outbound web server 43 then proceeds to format and transmit the retrieved medical device data and patient data (and/or provide status information concerning the facility-oriented wireless network 17 and associated medical devices 10 ) as respective webpages or other formats for display by corresponding first and second remote monitoring devices 67 , 73 , 75 according to the retrieved program data. It is possible for the webpages or other formatted information for display to include the same or differing content and format for the intended remote monitoring device user depending upon the retrieved program data.
  • the detailed medical device data provided to and displayed on a first remote monitoring devices 67 for a clinician may differ from the less detailed information provided to and displayed on a second remote monitoring devices 73 monitored by a parent or visiting nurse or other healthcare professional in a homecare environment.
  • the status information concerning the facility-oriented wireless network 17 and associated medical devices 10 may advantageously be provided to first and/or second remote monitoring devices 67 , 73 and 75 in the same or different encrypted formats as may be deemed appropriate.
  • the device integration server 41 of FIG. 1B is configured to transmit information and commands to the relay modules 30 a , for example, for transmitting medical device or alert messages to other WWAN-reachable nodes (for example, cellular telephones of emergency attendants), and/or transmitting operating commands and/or software or firmware updates to the medical devices 10 via the interface circuits 15 and facility-oriented wireless network 17 .
  • WWAN-reachable nodes for example, cellular telephones of emergency attendants
  • the device integration server 41 may also be configured to receive and analyze patient metric information from the secure patient web server 64 via the outbound web server 43 and secure device web server 45 , or by an alternate and direct secure data link to the secure patient web server 64 in order to prevent unsafe medical device usage based upon the patient metrics information. It is possible for a database (not depicted) accessible, for example, by the device integration server 41 and/or device web server 45 , to store various safe and unsafe operating parameters and conditions for performing such analysis. In this manner, the device integration server 41 would function as an additional failsafe for preventing operating errors that could result in patient harm.
  • the device integration server 41 may act, for example, to (1) discard remote monitoring commands programming large bolus or excessive feeding rates that could be harmful to a young child; and (2) provide a warning message or other notification to the user of the likely unsafe usage condition that may result by implementation of such comment.
  • the device integration server may act to discard remote monitoring commands programming a rate or bolus that deviates from the prescription.
  • an architecture 100 C may further include one or more wireless patient identification devices 17 in communication with one or more of the relay modules 30 a and/or medical devices 10 in proximity to the patient identification device 17 via the interface circuits 15 and 17 a operating over the facility-oriented wireless network.
  • a wireless patient identification receiver may be integrated with each medical device 10 , and access the facility-oriented wireless network via an associated interface circuit 15 .
  • the wireless patient identification devices 17 each receive patient identification data from a patient in proximity to the device 17 that uniquely identifies the patient using one of a variety of commercially-available sensors.
  • each patient identification device 17 may include a camera or other optical scanner and associated circuitry for sensing a barcode (for example, a UPC code or a QR matrix barcode) attached to or otherwise uniquely associated with a patient, such as a patient's wristband.
  • each patient identification receiver 17 may include a radio-frequency identification (RFID) sensor and associated circuitry for sensing an RFID tag embedded in the patient wristband, or another commercially-available radio-frequency sensor capable of sensing an identification signal generated by a radio-frequency transmitter embedded in the patient wristband or otherwise provided as attached to or in proximity to the patient.
  • RFID radio-frequency identification
  • each device 17 may in addition or instead include a commercially-available biometric sensor and associated circuitry for patient identification (for example, including one or more of a fingerprint reader, a retinal scanner or a vein-pattern scanner).
  • the architecture 100 of FIG. 1A has a suitable access point 40 that includes an inbound web server 41 that incorporates or otherwise has access to a transceiver for communicating with the relay modules 30 a over the WWAN. Medical device data received by the inbound web server 41 over the WWAN is forwarded to a secure data storage server 42 , which is configured for example to log the received data in association with identification information of the associated medical devices.
  • An outbound web server 43 is configured, for example, to receive and qualify data retrieval requests submitted by one or more of remote monitoring devices 61 , 62 and 63 over a broad-band network 50 (for example, over the Internet), to request associated medical device data to be retrieved from the secure data storage server 42 , and to format and transmit the retrieved medical device data to the one or more remote monitoring devices 61 , 62 and 63 for display on associated device displays.
  • a broad-band network 50 for example, over the Internet
  • any architecture for the access point 40 that enables the receipt, storage and retrieval of medical device data on a device display of the one or more remote monitoring devices 61 , 62 and 63 is suitable for use in conjunction with the disclosed concepts.
  • medical device data and “data” as generally used herein means data from or about the medical device including, for example, medical device identification, medical device software, medical device settings or status information (including alarm information and/or alarm priority), patient identification information, patient personal identification number(s) “PIN(s)”, patient prescriptions, and/or patient medical and/or physiological data as is collected, produced and/or generated by at least one of the medical device and patient identification device.
  • the remote monitoring system of FIG. 1C is capable of obtaining patient identification information to be associated with a particular medical device, securely transmitting the patient identification information with medical device identification information of the associated medical device to verify that the association of the patient with the medical device is authorized, and beginning operation of the medical device and monitoring of medical data generated by the medical device once authorization has been received.
  • FIG. 1D illustrates a backpack 70 as may be suitable for use as a personal enclosure.
  • the backpack 70 includes a pouch 71 for housing a relay module 30 a , a pouch 72 for housing a power and charging circuit 39 d for providing power to the relay module 30 a , and a power cord 39 e for supplying power from the power and charging circuit 39 d to the relay module 30 a .
  • the power and charging circuit 39 d includes a battery compartment 39 f , and a charging circuit (not shown) and a power cord 39 g for providing external commercial AC power to the power and charging circuit 39 d in order to charge batteries in the battery compartment 39 f .
  • the backpack 70 provides but one of a number of suitable backpack arrangements.
  • FIG. 2A presents a block diagram that further illustrates components of the inventive architecture that are located within or otherwise associated with the patient facility 20 .
  • a number of interface circuits 15 and relay modules 30 , 30 a are arranged in a network 16 , which may be a wireless relay network or mesh network 16 within the patient facility 20 .
  • network 16 is shown for illustration purposes only; other interface circuits 15 and relay modules 30 , 30 a may communicate over other wireless relay networks that are the same as or similar to network 16 in the patient facility 20 .
  • the interface circuits 15 and relay modules 30 , 30 a are configured to communicate with one another via associated wireless links.
  • the network 16 is a self-configurable mesh network and can also be a self-healing mesh network, for example a ZIGBEE compliant-mesh network based on the IEEE 802.15.4 standard.
  • the wireless relay network 16 or additional wireless relay networks in the patient facility may be organized according to a variety of other wireless local area network (WLAN) or WPAN formats including, for example, WiFi WLANs based on the IEEE 802.11 standard and BLUETOOTH WPANs based on the IEEE 802.15.1 standard.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • WPAN wireless personal area network
  • Each of the relay modules 30 , 30 a includes at least one transceiver configured to communicate with other relay modules 30 , 30 a in the wireless relay network 16 .
  • Relay modules 30 a also may include at least a second transceiver for communicating over the WWAN with the access point 40 .
  • each relay module 30 and/or 30 a of FIG. 2A includes a first transceiver 31 for receiving signals from and transmitting signals to the interface circuits 15 in one or more of the facility-oriented wireless networks.
  • Relay module 30 a as depicted in FIG. 3A for example, corresponds to relay modules 30 or 30 a in FIG.
  • WWAN wireless wide-area network
  • Suitable WWANs include, for example, networks based on a Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) cellular network or associated with the 2G, 3G, 3G Long Term Evolution, 4G, WiMAX cellular wireless standards of the International Telecommunication Union Radio communication Sector (ITU-R).
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • Additional suitable WWANs include metropolitan area networks (MANs), campus area networks (CANs), local area networks (LANs), home area networks (HANs), personal area networks (PANs) and body area networks (BANs).
  • the relay module 30 a may include additional transceivers for communicating with additional WWANs or additional facility-oriented wireless networks.
  • the architecture may further include one or more wireless patient identification devices 17 in communication with one or more of the relay modules 30 a and/or medical devices 10 in proximity to the patient identification device 17 via the interface circuits 15 and 17 a operating over the facility-oriented wireless network.
  • a wireless patient identification receiver may be integrated with each medical device 10 , and access the facility-oriented wireless network via an associated interface circuit 15 .
  • the wireless patient identification devices 17 each receive patient identification data from a patient in proximity to the device 17 that uniquely identifies the patient using one of a variety of commercially-available sensors.
  • each patient identification device 17 may include a camera or other optical scanner and associated circuitry for sensing a barcode (for example, a UPC code or a QR matrix barcode) attached to or otherwise uniquely associated with a patient, such as a patient's wristband.
  • each patient identification receiver 17 may include a radio-frequency identification (RFID) sensor and associated circuitry for sensing an RFID tag embedded in the patient wristband, or another commercially-available radio-frequency sensor capable of sensing an identification signal generated by a radio-frequency transmitter embedded in the patient wristband or otherwise provided as attached to or in proximity to the patient.
  • RFID radio-frequency identification
  • each device 17 may in addition or instead include a commercially-available biometric sensor and associated circuitry for patient identification (for example, including one or more of a fingerprint reader, a retinal scanner or a vein-pattern scanner).
  • each of the interface circuits 15 includes a communications interface such as, for example, a wired or wireless communications interface, to an associated medical device 10 .
  • each of the relay modules 30 , 30 a includes at least one transceiver configured to communicate with other relay modules 30 , 30 a in the wireless relay network 16 .
  • Relay modules 30 a further include at least a second transceiver for communicating over the WWAN with the access point 40 .
  • Each of the transceivers 31 , 32 will typically include a mesh network transmitter (e.g. a ZIGBEE transmitter) for transmitting medical device data over one of the mesh network 16 or the WWAN, and a received for receiving medical device data transmitted over one of the mesh network 16 or the WWAN.
  • a mesh network transmitter e.g. a ZIGBEE transmitter
  • the network 16 is a ZIGBEE mesh network then there is little risk that communications from more than one medical device will contend for simultaneous access to the network 16 .
  • the network 16 operates with a protocol in which a transmitting device checks for energy on a wireless bus component of the network 16 . If the bus is in use, the transmitting device waits a preselected amount of time before checking again, and only proceeds to transfer data when the energy level suggests that no other transmission is actively underway on the wireless bus. Nevertheless, for circumstances in which data packets transmitted by the medical devices 10 arrive at a relay module 30 , 30 a at nearly at the same time, there may be a need to manage an order of delivery by the relay module 30 .
  • the representative ZIGBEE mesh network 16 provides the advantages of being self-configurable when one or more interface circuits 15 and/or relay modules 30 , 30 a are added to the network, and self-healing when one or more interface circuits 15 and/or relay modules 30 , 30 a are removed from or otherwise disabled in the network.
  • Sub-groupings of the interface circuits 15 and relay modules 30 , 30 a may be provided in a defined geographic space (for example, on an individual floor or within a region of a floor in a multi-floor home or care facility).
  • the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3A includes a first transceiver 31 for wirelessly communicating with interface circuits 15 and other relay modules 30 , 30 a in the WLAN or WPAN network 16 of FIG. 2A via an antenna 31 a .
  • a transceiver as contemplated in this description may include a receiver and/or transmitter.
  • the relay module 30 a further includes a second transceiver 32 for wirelessly communicating with the access point 40 over the WWAN via an antenna 32 a .
  • Each of the transceivers 31 , 32 is in communication with a data processing circuit 33 , which is configured to operate under the control of a processor 34 to accept data received by the transceivers 31 , 32 and store the received data in a buffer element 35 .
  • One or more of the data processing circuit 33 and/or controller 34 may also preferably include commercially available encryption circuitry for encrypting data to be sent by the transceivers 31 , 32 and to decrypt data received by the transceivers 31 , 32 , in accordance for example with HIPAA requirements.
  • One or more of the data processing circuit 33 and/or controller 34 may also preferably include commercially available encryption circuitry for encrypting data to be sent by the transceivers 31 , 32 and to decrypt data received by the transceivers 31 , 32 , in accordance for example with HIPAA requirements
  • Each rely module 30 , 30 a is capable of communicating with a number of medical devices 10 over a period of time. It is possible that communications with some of the medical devices 10 are more time-critical with regard to patient safety than other. For example, consider communications with medical devices 10 including each of a thermometer, a feeding pump and a ventilator. In this case, communications with the ventilator would likely be most time-critical among the three medical devices, while communications with the thermometer might be least time-critical among the three medical devices.
  • the processor 34 is configured to determine whether the received medical device data indicates an emergency condition. This determination may be performed by the processor 34 in a number of ways. For example, the processor 34 may compare a condition code in the received medical device data to a condition table located in memory 35 b that, for example, includes one or more of corresponding codes for the emergency condition, a description of the emergency condition, symptoms of the emergency condition, an estimate of a future time at which the emergency condition may become harmful (or emergency condition harm time), rankings and/or weights for the emergency condition, related emergency conditions, physiological data (e.g., vital signs, blood pressure, pulse oximetry, ECG, temperature, glucose levels, respiration rate, weight, etc.) indicative of the medical condition, and so on.
  • a condition table located in memory 35 b that, for example, includes one or more of corresponding codes for the emergency condition, a description of the emergency condition, symptoms of the emergency condition, an estimate of a future time at which the emergency condition may become harmful (or emergency condition harm time), rankings and/or weights for the emergency condition
  • Longer term data storage may preferably be provided by a memory 35 b , for example storing instructions for the controller 34 , data encryption/decryption software for one of more of the data processing circuit 33 and/or controller 34 , a patient identification directory identifying patients using each of the medical devices 10 , and the like.
  • the data in the condition table may be initially entered and/or periodically refreshed from a master store or central repository of emergency condition data, for example, maintained by a designated relay module 30 , 30 a or other device accessible over one of the available networks.
  • Associated emergency condition data may be periodically transmitted on a scheduled or as-needed basis, for example, from the access point 40 to each of the relay modules 30 , 30 a .
  • polling may be carried out, for example, by the central repository to determine whether any of the relay modules has been provided with emergency condition data not available in the central repository. This emergency condition data may then periodically be transmitted to the central repository, and the central repository may in turn transmit the data to the other modules that may be missing such data.
  • emergency condition data may be time stamped or provided with another indicator of data currency. If a central repository is not used, the modules may exchange emergency condition information between themselves to ensure each module is synchronized.
  • Other embodiments are possible, for example, using multiple central repositories according to conditions monitored, geographic location, and the like.
  • rankings and/or weights may be applied by the processor 34 to assign priority to different emergency conditions and/or perform a triage.
  • the processor 34 on receipt of multiple pieces of medical device data from different transceivers located in the same geographic location or a number of different geographic locations could determine that one medical device requires more immediate medical attention than the others.
  • the priority analysis may also be performed, for example, using the emergency condition harm times.
  • the ventilator should be assigned priority for transmitting to one or more of remote monitoring devices 61 , 62 and 63 (as shown in FIG. 1 ), while data transmissions from thermometer and pump are discontinued until a response to the data packet transmitted by the ventilator is received from one of the remote monitoring devices 61 , 62 and 63 .
  • the ventilator might be assigned a priority of 1, while the feeding pump is assigned a priority of 2 and the thermometer is assigned a priority of 3.
  • the assigned priority is preferably indicated in each data packet transmitted by and to the medical devices, for example, as a “priority nibble.”
  • the processor 34 may be configured to read the priority nibble from each received data packet, and to instruct the data processing circuit 33 to place the data packet at a logical position in the buffer element 35 based upon the priority designation.
  • critical-priority data packets for example, data packets including an indication of a life threatening condition
  • the relay module 30 , 30 a for example, data packets including an indication of a life threatening condition
  • other data packets are positioned in order according to their priority.
  • the wireless relay module 30 , 30 a may in addition discontinue reception of any new medical device information from other medical devices until the urgent commands are relayed and an associated alarm condition has been terminated or released.
  • the medical device data analyzed by the processor 34 may not match any of the emergency conditions in the table and/or database because there is a misspelling and/or the medical condition is known by other names and/or represents a new medical condition.
  • the processor 34 may, for example, perform a similarity analysis between the medical device data received and the symptoms and/or physiological data in the table and/or database (see, e.g., the disclosure herein supra in reference to FIG. 4D ). Based on this similarity analysis, the processor 34 may select, if any, the emergency condition that closely approximates the medical device data. Also, the processor 34 may in addition or alternatively log the medical device data to a database and/or file to allow administrators to determine why the emergency condition did not match an exact emergency condition in the table and/or database.
  • the processor 34 may compare the medical device data received at the transceiver to a list of prior determined emergency conditions and determine if there is a match or approximate match based on conventional interpolation and/or extrapolation techniques. In another embodiment, the processor 34 may also parse the medical device data to find a code which indicates that an emergency condition exists. Alternatively, the processor 34 may search a table and/or database located in a central repository to determine if the medical device data received indicates an emergency condition. In a another embodiment, the processor 34 in a relay module 30 and/or 30 a may query a processor 34 in another device (not the central repository) to determine if that other device knows whether the medical device data includes emergency condition data representing an emergency condition.
  • a message may be transmitted to an access point 40 by the relay module 30 a (as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 ), where the message is parsed to determine if alarms should be activated.
  • the alarms could be anything from certain signals to care givers associated with the one or more medical devices which originated the alarms or alerting emergency responders.
  • a monitoring unit 37 b may also be associated with the processor 34 , and responsible for identifying trends in emergency conditions.
  • the monitoring unit 37 b may store the emergency conditions data received, the date/time, an identity of the medical device which provided the data, the location of the medical device, and so on. Using the emergency condition data and/or additional medical device data, the monitoring unit 37 b may analyze the data for trends. This trend information may be used, for example, to determine whether one or more medical devices should be monitored. In addition, the trend information may be communicated to one or more devices (for example, PDAs, cell phones, pager, tablets, and the like) associated with relatives, friends, or caregivers and the like, who may use the knowledge to provide more efficient care.
  • devices for example, PDAs, cell phones, pager, tablets, and the like
  • the processor 34 may transmit a message to a phone device 39 a (discussed below and shown in FIG. 3D ) to activate it and also initiate a connection (e.g., phone call, etc.) with an emergency responder, such as 911, relatives/friends, care givers, or police authorities, and the like.
  • an emergency responder such as 911, relatives/friends, care givers, or police authorities, and the like.
  • an automated voice message may be transmitted to the emergency responder as a prerecorded message stored in a signal generator 39 b (which is coupled to the phone device 39 a and the processor 34 ).
  • the prerecorded message identifies an associated medical condition along with the location of the medical device.
  • the signal generator 39 b may generate a dynamic speech signal that contains the determined emergency condition and other information
  • the prerecorded or dynamic message described above may in addition include other relevant patient data to further allow the emergency responders to assess the situation.
  • a patient table stored at the relay module may identify care givers of the patient, other present conditions of the patient, previous medical history (e.g., allergic to certain drugs, such as morphine), and additional relevant patient information.
  • storage and use of the data in the patient table would conform to HIPAA requirements.
  • the signal generator 39 b may transmit medical condition information in the form of a text message to the emergency responder.
  • a text message may be sent over one of a Short Message Service (also known as “SMS”) and/or Multimedia Messaging Service (also known as “MMS”).
  • SMS Short Message Service
  • MMS Multimedia Messaging Service
  • the phone device 39 a above could be connected via one or more of wireless relay network or internet-accessible wireless network to initiate the call over a voice over internet protocol (VoIP) network, a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), or the like.
  • VoIP voice over internet protocol
  • PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network
  • the call to the emergency responders may be unsuccessful for a variety of reasons (for example, associated E911 circuits may be busy or otherwise unavailable).
  • the processor 34 and/or phone device 39 a may detect a non-response from the E911 circuits and transmit a non-response message to one or more of the medical device, the access point 40 , and/or one or more other designated devices to indicate the unsuccessful call.
  • the processor 34 may periodically perform self-diagnostics on the relay module 30 a to confirm that each of the components of the modules 30 a that is used to detect the emergency condition and make the emergency call is operational
  • multiple processors 34 may be used in as appropriate.
  • the location of the medical device may be determined in a variety of ways well-known in the art. For example, location information may be provided to the processor 34 from a global positioning system signal (“GPS”) that is received and interpreted by the medical device located in the medical device data received, a GPS chip in the location device 38 (see e.g. FIGS. 3B and 3C ), and/or location algorithm in the location device 38 discussed further below. In another embodiment, (e.g., location) as discussed above.
  • GPS global positioning system signal
  • location information may be included in the medical condition data received by one of the relay modules 30 , 30 a to identify the location of the one or medical devices 10 .
  • the relay modules' location may also be determined using a conventional GPS receiver provided in the location device 38 . In the latter case, at least an approximate or “zone” location of the one or more medical devices would be provided by the location information for the relay module 30 a.
  • each of the relay modules 30 a may for example transmit and receive signals via the internet-accessible wireless communication network to two or more cell towers, beacons or other radio devices at fixed, known locations in order to determine a location of the relay module according to known geometric methods.
  • Such techniques for determining location are well known in the art. See, e.g., Shu Wang et at Location-Based Technologies for Mobiles: Technologies and Standards, presentation at IEEE ICC Beijing 2008, IEEE, 2008, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety, for all purposes.
  • triangulation may be carried out using other relay modules positioned at fixed, known locations in a facility.
  • the data processing circuit 33 may be further configured to retrieve data from the buffer element 35 a under the direction of the processor 34 and provide the retrieved data to a selected one of the transceiver 31 or transceiver 32 for transmission.
  • the processor 34 is configured to communicate with respective status modules 31 b , 32 b of the transceivers 31 , 32 in order to determine a communications status of each of the transceivers 31 , 32 .
  • FIG. 3B depicts a block diagram illustrating components of an alternative configuration for the relay module 30 a to the configuration of relay module 30 a depicted in FIG. 3A .
  • the relay module 30 a shown in FIG. 3B may be the same as or similar to the relay module 30 a shown in FIG. 3A .
  • transceivers 31 and 32 , data processing circuit 33 and processor 34 may be the same or similar in both figures.
  • the relay module 30 a includes transceiver 31 for wirelessly communicating with interface circuits 15 (shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 ) and other relay modules 30 , 30 a in a particular WLAN or WPAN network 16 (shown in FIG. 2 ) via antenna 31 a .
  • the relay module 30 a further includes a transceiver 32 for wirelessly communicating with the access point 40 over a particular WWAN (shown in FIG. 2 ) via an antenna 32 a.
  • Added components to the relay module 30 a in 3 B that are not present in FIG. 3A include an additional transceiver 37 , similar to transceiver 31 , for wirelessly communicating via antenna 37 a with interface circuits and other relay modules capable of communicating over a different WLAN or WPAN network than the network used by transceiver 31 .
  • the relay module 30 a in FIG. 3A includes yet a further transceiver 38 , similar to transceiver 32 , for wirelessly communicating via antenna 38 a with an access point over a different WWAN than the WWAN used by transceiver 32 .
  • Each of the transceivers 31 , 32 , 37 and 38 is in communication with data processing circuit 33 , which is configured to operate under the control of processor 34 to accept data received by the transceivers 31 , 32 , 37 and 38 and store the received data in buffer element 35 .
  • the data processing circuit 33 is further configured to retrieve data from buffer element 35 under the direction of processor 34 and provide the retrieved data to a selected one of the transceivers 31 , 32 , 37 or 38 for transmission.
  • Further embodiments can for example involve one or more processors 34 configured to accept medical device data from mesh network 16 and to send the medical device data through the WWAN without storing the medical device data in the relay module 30 a .
  • the processor 34 is configured to communicate with respective status modules 31 b , 32 b , 37 b and 38 b of respective transceivers 31 , 32 , 37 or 38 in order to determine a communications status of the transceivers 31 , 32 , 37 or 38 .
  • the data processing circuit 3 and processor 34 may be implemented as separate integrated circuits or chip sets or their functions may be combined and implemented on single integrated circuits or chip set
  • the processor 34 is also preferably in communication with an input/output circuit 36 , which provides signals to one or more display elements of the relay module 30 a , for example, for indicating a start-up or current status of the relay module 30 a , including communication or connection status with the WLAN or WPAN networks and WWANs networks.
  • Input/output circuit 36 may also be configured to provide signals to indicate an A/C power loss, and or to be responsive to signals provided by one or more input devices provided in proximity to the one or more display elements.
  • a control panel useable for the module 30 a of FIG. 3B may be substantially similar to the control panel 380 depicted in FIG. 3H with corresponding multiple indicators 380 e for indicating the status of the different WLAN or WPAN networks, and/or multiple indicators 380 j for indicating the status of the different WWANs.
  • the control panel 380 may include a synchronization switch 380 k (shown in FIG. 3I ), which may be used as further described herein to initiate a process for associating patient identification information with identification information of a medical device 10 .
  • the processor 34 is also preferably in communication with a memory 35 b for storing an operating program of the processor 34 and/or data stored by and/or retrieved by the processor 34 .
  • the processor 34 is also in communication with an input/output circuit 36 , which provides signals to one or more display elements (not shown) of the relay module 30 a , for example, for indicating a start-up or current status of the relay module 30 a , including communication or connection status with the WLAN or WPAN network 16 and WWAN.
  • the input/output circuit 37 a may also be configured to provide signals to indicate an A/C power loss, and or to be responsive to signals provided by one or more input devices provided in proximity to the one or more display elements.
  • the input/output circuit 37 a may also be connected to user buttons, dials or input mechanisms and devices of module 30 a .
  • the input/output circuit 37 a is further usable for providing alarm signals to indicate, for example, A/C power loss or loss of accessibility to the WWAN.
  • Relay module 30 a may preferably be provided as a small physical enclosure with an integral power plug and power supply circuit, such that the relay module 30 a may be directly plugged into and supported by a conventional wall outlet providing commercial A/C power.
  • Relay module 30 a may also preferably include a battery back-up circuit (not shown) to provide uninterrupted power in the event of A/C power outage, an A/C power outage of short duration as well as for ambulatory use of the relay module.
  • relay module 30 a may be provided with rechargeable and/or replaceable battery power as a primary power source for ambulatory use.
  • processor 34 and devices 37 a - 39 b are shown as separate and distinct devices in FIG. 3 for illustration purposes only and that the functionality of devices 34 and 37 a - 39 b may be combined into a single or larger or smaller number of devices than illustrated.
  • Battery back-up may also be advantageous, for example, for using the relay module 30 a in an ambulatory mode that enables the patient to move within and potentially at a distance from the facility 20 , for example, with a medical device 10 that is a portable feeding device.
  • the medical device 10 , the interface circuit 15 and relay module 30 may be conveniently carried in a mobile platform such as any patient-wearable backpack, vehicle, or other transport vessel.
  • the relay module 30 a configuration of FIG. 3B may be operated in a substantially similar manner to the relay module 30 a configuration of FIG. 3A employing, for example, corresponding methods of operation described below incorporating the use of a plurality of WWANs or WLAN or WPAN networks.
  • the depicted steps described with respect the flow diagrams below may be employed with the further transceiver selections of the additional transceivers 37 and 38 .
  • FIG. 3C depicts a block diagram of an embodiment of a relay module 30 a that enables voice communication and interaction between a caregiver proximate the relay module 30 a and a clinician or technician at the remote monitoring device.
  • the identical components in the FIGS. 3A , 3 B, and 3 C are like numbered including, for example, the first and second transceivers 31 and 32 , data processing circuit 33 , processor 34 and data buffer 35 a .
  • the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3C further includes a speech codec 105 connected to a microphone 110 and the speaker 37 .
  • Suitable codecs for the speech codec 105 include, for example, fixed rate codecs such as voice-over-Internet-protocol (VoIP) codecs in compliance with the ITU standard H.323 recommended protocol.
  • Speech coding standards in accordance with VoIP include ITU standards G.711 (PCM), G.723.1 (MP-MLQ & ACELP), G.729 (CSACELP), GSM-FR; or Adaptable Multi-Rate (AMR) standards such the European Telecommunication Standard Institute (ETSI) and Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) IMT-2000.
  • PCM voice-over-Internet-protocol
  • G.723.1 MP-MLQ & ACELP
  • CSACELP G.729
  • GSM-FR GSM-FR
  • AMR Adaptable Multi-Rate
  • ETSI European Telecommunication Standard Institute
  • 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project
  • the configuration of the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3C enables a patient or caregiver proximate the relay module 30 a to engage in a conversation with a user (for example, a clinician or technician) proximate the remote monitoring device using, for example, a VoIP or VoIP-like exchange of encoded speech signals.
  • a user for example, a clinician or technician
  • speech uttered by the caregiver proximate the relay module 30 a is converted by microphone 110 to analog speech signals that are digitized and encoded by the codec 105 .
  • the processor 34 transmits the corresponding digitized and encoded speech signals produced by the codec 105 directly over the wireless internet-accessible network alone or in combination with the wireless relay module network to the remote monitoring device.
  • the remote monitoring device then decodes the digitized and encoded speech signals and converts such decoded signals into analog signals supplied to a speaker to generate the speech sounds heard by the clinician or technician.
  • digitized and encoded speech signals representing speech of the clinician or technician transmitted by the remote monitoring device are received by the module 30 a wherein the processor 34 supplies such signals to the codec 105 which decodes the signals and converts the decoded signals to analog signals that are supplied to the speaker 37 .
  • codec 105 and microphone 110 has been described with regard to exchanging VoIP signals, it should be readily understood that any method of communicating speech signals may be employed including, for example, utilizing a cellular or mobile telephone codec or modem for codec 105 to transmit and receive speech signals, e.g., CDMA- or GSM-compliant speech signals over a mobile telephone network. Further, it is possible for the codec 105 to be implemented as hardware and/or software in a single chip, chip set or as part of the processor 34 .
  • speech detection and/or recognition functionality into the codec 105 or processor 34 to enable the relay module 30 a to identify specific command words to initiate the carrying out of a corresponding responsive/interactive action.
  • speech recognition functionality may be triggered by processing signals supplied by the microphone 110 to identify terms “Help”, “Emergency” or “Call 911.”
  • the processor 34 Upon detecting such trigger terms, the processor 34 initiates the process of dialing an emergency response service such as “911,” with or without using synthesized or recorded speech to request confirmation from the caregiver to place such a call and initiate communication between the caregiver and the emergency response service.
  • the dialing may be performed by hardware or software implemented in the processor 34 , codec 105 or other components coupled to the processor 34 .
  • the speech recognition functionality may alternatively or additionally transmit a text message or other text or audio-visual correspondence to the emergency response service based upon identified spoken works or commands by the caregiver.
  • relay module 30 a of FIG. 3C is shown with the codec 105 and microphone 110 in combination with the display 37 for illustration purposes only. It is possible to implement a relay module with the codec without a display or a relay module with a display and not a codec (as depicted in FIG. 3 ).
  • the processor 34 may instruct the location device 39 a to obtain location information of the wireless relay module, and compare this to location information obtained from the medical device and/or by other means (for example, by using a conventional triangulation algorithm measuring transit times of signals transmitted by the medical device 10 to several wireless relay modules 30 a with known locations) in order to determine whether the medical device 10 (for example, in the possession of an ambulatory patient) has moved outside of an area for safe communications with the relay module 30 a (i.e., is outside the “geo-fence”).
  • a conventional triangulation algorithm measuring transit times of signals transmitted by the medical device 10 to several wireless relay modules 30 a with known locations
  • the processor 34 may preferably transmit a “lost device” alarm message via at least one of the transceivers 31 , 32 to the access point 40 and/or to any other Internet-accessible and/or wireless network-accessible recipients.
  • the processor 34 may suspend all other measurements made to determine communications health with the medical device 10 (for example, heartbeat requests and signal quality measurements) until it has been determined that the medical device 10 is back within the geo-fence.
  • the elements used by the wireless relay module 30 a to determine whether communications with a particular medical device 10 can be transmitted and/or received over the wireless relay network may be replicated in the medical device 10 , such that the medical device 10 may determine whether communications with a particular wireless relay module 301 can be carried out over the wireless relay network, and to issue a visual and/or audible alarm at the medical device 10 when communications with the wireless relay module 30 a cannot be carried out.
  • This feature would be particularly useful, for example, to a patient in an ambulatory setting as a means for learning that he/she has exited the geo-fence.
  • the relay module 30 it is possible for the relay module 30 to have a substantially similar configuration as the relay module 30 a but excluding the transceiver for communicating over the WWAN with the access point 40 .
  • the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3D further preferably includes a location device 39 a including, for example, a conventional global positioning system signal (“GPS”) chip for determining a GPS location of the relay module 30 a .
  • the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3 includes a power monitoring device 39 b for monitoring a voltage level of a external AC power source (not shown) providing power to the relay module 30 a , and a secondary power source 39 c comprising for example non-rechargeable lead-acid batteries, rechargeable lithium-ion batteries or other conventional rechargeable energy storage devices for providing a secondary power source to the relay module 30 a , or a primary power source in the event of a failure of the external AC power source.
  • a location device 39 a including, for example, a conventional global positioning system signal (“GPS”) chip for determining a GPS location of the relay module 30 a .
  • the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3 includes a power monitoring device 39 b for monitoring a voltage level of a external AC power
  • the power monitoring device may for example monitor a sensor for detecting a disconnection of the external AC power supply by mechanical means (for example, using a spring-loaded push-pin switch that disengages when an associated AC plug of the relay module 30 , 30 a is removed from an external AC receptacle), by electronic means (for example, using an inductive sensor incorporated in proximity to the AC power plug) and the like.
  • mechanical means for example, using a spring-loaded push-pin switch that disengages when an associated AC plug of the relay module 30 , 30 a is removed from an external AC receptacle
  • electronic means for example, using an inductive sensor incorporated in proximity to the AC power plug
  • the processor 34 may be a single dedicated processor, a single shared processor, or a plurality of individual processors, some of which may be shared.
  • explicit use of the term “processor” or “controller” should not be construed to refer exclusively to hardware capable of executing software, and may implicitly include, without limitation, digital signal processor (DSP) hardware, network processor, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA), read-only memory (ROM) for storing software, random access memory (RAM), and non-volatile storage.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • non-volatile storage non-volatile storage.
  • Other hardware conventional and/or custom, may also be implemented in one or more configurations.
  • the medical device data received by one of the transceivers 31 , 32 from the one or more medical devices 10 may include, for example, information indicative of an alarm condition.
  • the received information may include, for example, at least one of medical device description, medical device identification (e.g., unique device number), medical device location (e.g., device/patient room number), patient identification (e.g., patient identification number), alarm type, alarm error code, and/or alarm severity.
  • medical device identification e.g., unique device number
  • medical device location e.g., device/patient room number
  • patient identification e.g., patient identification number
  • alarm type e.g., alarm error code
  • alarm severity e.g., alarm severity
  • the relay module 30 a could receive such information from another relay module when the other relay module malfunctions. In this way, it is assured that the relay module 30 a provides the necessary redundancy for another relay module. Additionally, it is further possible for such information to be transmitted to the relay module 30 a from the other relay module when the information is indicative of a high severity alarm condition, e.g., a significant medical emergency, such as emergency 911. Such redundancy will enable a sufficient number of caregivers to be notified of the emergency condition through multiple relay modules to facilitate a prompt response.
  • a high severity alarm condition e.g., a significant medical emergency, such as emergency 911.
  • the relay module 30 a may be notified if another relay module is experiencing numerous alert conditions associated with other modules or medical devices and communicate the alarm information to caregivers. If this occurs, the other relay module may, for example, divert the information indicative of an alarm to the relay module 30 a using the WLAN or WPAN 16 .
  • the particular relay module 30 a selected to receive the alarm information from the other relay module may be based on many factors such as, for example, relay module location, relay module availability, number of caregivers at a given location and/or floor, defined master/slave relationships among the relay modules 30 a , and the like.
  • the relay module 30 a can be configured to transmit a message back to the one or more medical devices 10 confirming that an alarm was presented to the caregiver. If the message is not received within a predetermined amount of time by the one or more medical devices 10 , then one or more medical devices 10 may attempt to communicate with other relay modules to ensure the alarm is addressed. Similar factors, e.g., location, availability, number of caregivers, etc., as described above may be used to select the other relay module(s) for providing alerts for the one or more medical devices.
  • the relay module 30 a may internally generate its own alarm and/or device signals in relation to the relay module 30 a , for example, the current status of the relay module 30 a (e.g., external AC power loss) and/or current communication or connection status (e.g., status with the WLAN or WPAN 16 or WWAN).
  • the current status of the relay module 30 a e.g., external AC power loss
  • current communication or connection status e.g., status with the WLAN or WPAN 16 or WWAN.
  • the processor 34 may transmit a message containing alarm information including, for example, at least one of medical device description, medical device identification, medical device location, patient identification, alarm type, alarm error code, and/or alarm severity, to a display 36 attached to the relay module 30 a .
  • an alarm alert may mirror an alarm alert emitted by the originating medical device.
  • the particular type of display chosen for use with the relay module 30 a is not necessarily critical. Accordingly, it is possible for display 36 to be a monochrome or color dot matrix, LCD, LED or other display device.
  • the processor 34 may transmit the message containing alarm information to a medical device 10 via the transceiver 31 , and/or to the access point 40 via the transceiver 32 .
  • the processor 34 may also employ a speaker 37 , such as a loudspeaker, coupled to the relay module 30 a to emit an audible alert indicative of the alarm condition.
  • a speaker 37 such as a loudspeaker
  • the audible alert based on the alarm condition may be at least one of volume, pitch, tone, type, audible sequence or duty cycle, or recorded sound to indicate the type, urgency or severity of the alarm condition. It is advantageous for an alarm indicating a life-threatening emergency to be more attention-getting, e.g., loud siren, than alarms for less significant conditions that may be addressed by, for example, beeps or calmer tones.
  • the emitted audible alerts may be spoken words, commands, tones or other sounds.
  • the relay module 30 may also cause a signal to be transmitted by, for example, the first transceiver 31 over the WLAN or WPAN 16 to one or more devices including, for example, PDAs, cell phones, pagers, and tablets.
  • the alarm information may be transmitted over the WWAN using the second transceiver 32 to the one or more devices.
  • an input/output circuit 38 may be electrically connected to, for example, user-actuatable buttons, dials or input mechanisms associated with the relay module 30 a . Using these buttons, dials, or input mechanisms, the audible alerts produced by the relay module 30 a may be muted, i.e., disabled, or volumes substantially reduced. The muting or volume reduction may alternatively be in response to the relay module 30 a receiving a signal from the originating medical device transmitting the information, such as in response to a caregiver acknowledging that the emergency condition is being addressed by entering the proper inputs to the originating medical device. Such acknowledgements may preferably take the form of corresponding acknowledgement codes each associated with a particular alarm condition.
  • the display 36 may continue to display alerts until likewise the alert condition is extinguished or confirmation from a caregiver at the originating medical device or the relay module 30 a is received.
  • the processor 34 may control the display 36 to alternate or cycle displayed information intermittently with information from a single medical device or multiple medical devices. For instance, the processor 34 may cause a visual alarm alert indicating an alarm condition (based upon a portion of medical device data) from a first medical device to be shown on the display 36 , for example, for a time period of between 2 to 30 seconds before displaying information for another medical device. The visual alarm alerts corresponding to higher severity alarm conditions may be shown for longer durations than alerts of for lower severity alarm conditions. Also, the type of alarm condition may further dictate the display length of time for visual alarm alerts or other information from a particular medical device. Additionally, the processor 34 may also or alternatively display on the display 36 the number of medical devices communicating information indicative of alarm conditions to the relay module 30 a and/or show a description of such devices.
  • the display 36 may display the alerts in different foreground or backlight colors, such as green backlight for normal operation or red backlight for alarm situations, to use color representing the respective severities of alarm conditions. It is further possible for the colors to correspond to specific alarm conditions (e.g., low glucose level) and/or general groups of conditions (e.g., heart conditions).
  • the display may alternatively or in addition incorporate, for example, a multi-colored light-emitting diode array to display the status of the medical devices.
  • the display 36 may also be used to display non-alarm related information including, for example, internal power supply charge level or status, software version, software download status, relay module network status, handshake status and signal strength of the received WLAN or WPAN 16 , and/or WWAN signals. Displayed information for the strength of respective monitored signals and other may be displayed alone or in a combination with the alerts.
  • the signal strength information could be depicted by, for example, by sequential display segments such as, for example, more than one series of different sized light-emitting diodes (LEDs) that would advantageously enable simultaneous display of at least two different network signal strengths for viewing by the caregiver.
  • LEDs light-emitting diodes
  • alerts for internally generated information indicative of an alarm condition by the relay module 30 a may also be displayed by display 36 .
  • alerts representative of information during start-up or current status of the relay module 30 a and/or current communication or connection status with the WLAN or WPAN 16 and WWAN may be shown on the display elements 36 .
  • the processor 34 may cause the display 36 to include information associated with the charge level of a battery (not shown) contained within the relay module 30 a , whether by remaining minutes and/or hours of life or other graphical depictions.
  • Relay module 30 a may preferably be provided as a small physical enclosure (not shown) optionally provided with an integral power plug and power supply circuit, such that the relay module 30 a may be directly plugged into and supported by a conventional wall outlet providing commercial A/C power.
  • Relay module 30 a may also preferably include a battery back-up circuit (not shown) to provide uninterrupted power in the event of A/C power outage of short duration. Battery back-up may also be advantageous, for example, for using the relay module 30 a in an ambulatory mode that enables the patient to move within and potentially at a distance from the facility 20 , for example, with a medical device 10 that is a portable feeding device. In this configuration, for example, the medical device 10 , the interface circuit 15 and relay module 30 may be conveniently carried in a patient-wearable backpack.
  • FIGS. 3A-3D Various embodiments of a relay device 30 or 30 a are shown in FIGS. 3A-3D .
  • the relay device 30 or 30 a is not limited to the specific configurations shown.
  • a relay device 30 30 a may include some or all of the components or features described with respect to any or all of FIGS. 3A , 3 B, 3 C, and 3 D.
  • a relay device 30 or 30 a may also include additional features not shown in the figures.
  • FIGS. 3E-3G respectively illustrate top, front and side views of a configuration 370 for the relay module 30 a .
  • Configuration 370 includes a housing 370 a , which is shown in FIGS. 3E-3H configured essentially as a rectangular box or prism. It should however be noted that the housing may alternatively be configured in any of a variety of three-dimensional shapes having a sufficient interior volume for housing the associated circuits, having a sufficient area 370 c on a front panel 370 b of the housing 370 a for locating a control panel 380 (as further illustrated in FIG.
  • the power plug 370 f may also be provided in a modular and replaceably removable configuration enabling power plugs 370 f to be configured according to a variety of international standards to be easily provided to the configuration 370 .
  • FIG. 3H illustrates a control panel 380 of module configuration 370 that may constitute a portion of the one or more display elements.
  • the control panel 380 preferably includes, for example, a power switch 380 a for powering and/or de-powering the module configuration 370 after it has been plugged into the conventional wall outlet or equipped with a charged battery back-up subsystem.
  • the control panel 380 preferably includes an alarm switch 380 b which allows a user to mute and/or de-mute an audible alarm (for example, a conventional buzzer, not shown) which is coupled to an alarm circuit (not shown) that is configured to issue an alarm when A/C power to the module configuration 370 has been interrupted.
  • the control panel 380 also includes an A/C power indicator 380 c which may preferably be provided as one or more light-emitting diode (LED) indicator segments which are activated when A/C power has been provided to the module configuration 370 .
  • the indicator 380 c may be intermittently activated when A/C power is lost (for example, by means of back-up battery power) to signal the loss of A/C power.
  • the control panel 380 of FIG. 3H also includes a battery indicator 380 d to indicate a status of the subsystem battery back-up circuit.
  • the battery indicator 380 d may preferably include indicator segments 380 h which may be selectively activated to indicate a capacity of the back-up battery.
  • Indicator segments 380 h may also be preferably provided as LED segments, or as one or more multicolor LEDs for which color is indicative of capacity.
  • the segments 380 h may, for example, be activated to indicate that the back-up battery is fully charged, and ones of the segments 380 h may be progressively deactivated (for example, proceeding downwardly from an uppermost one of the segments 380 h ) as battery power is drawn down. In the event that remaining battery power is insufficient to operate the module configuration 370 , each of the segments 380 h may be deactivated.
  • the indicator segments 380 h may be provided as one or more multicolor LED segments (for example, red, yellow, and green).
  • all LED segments 380 h may be illuminated as green indicating a full backup battery charge and then progressively, sequentially deactivated as battery charge levels are reduced to a first low power threshold. Then, the LED segments 380 h may progressively, sequentially be illuminated red as power is further diminished so that all LED segments are illuminated red when battery power is no longer sufficient to power the module configuration 370 .
  • control panel 380 may further include a relay module network indicator 380 e to indicate a status of the portion of the WLAN or WPAN network 16 .
  • relay module network indicator 380 e to indicate a status of the portion of the WLAN or WPAN network 16 .
  • A/C power indicator 380 c used to provide communications between the WLAN/WPAN network relay module 30 a and its associated interface circuits 15 and medical devices 10 .
  • This relay module network status indicator 380 e is preferably backlit with one or more multi-color LEDs to indicate a relative “health” of the associated portion of the network (for example, using “green” to indicate a healthy (e.g., level of accessibility) network, “yellow” to indicate a network having one or more issues but still operable, and “red” to indicate a network that is inoperative and indicating an alarm condition).
  • the indicator element 380 e may be intermittently or periodically activated when the WLAN/WPAN network portion of the WLAN or WPAN network 16 that provides communications between the relay module 30 a and its associated interface circuits 15 and medical devices 10 has relatively poor communications between these devices, or is unavailable to support such communications.
  • an audible alarm for example, a conventional buzzer, bell or audible sound generator and associated loudspeaker, not shown
  • a conventional buzzer, bell or audible sound generator and associated loudspeaker may be initiated under such conditions.
  • Indicator elements 380 f may also be provided, for example, in an array to indicate the status is active or accessible, and either de-activated or intermittently activated when the WLAN/WPAN network status is inactive or inaccessible.
  • the indicator elements may preferably be provided with multi-color LEDs 380 g capable, for example, of illuminating a green segment for a healthy a communications path, a yellow segment for operative communication path with issues, and a red segment to indicate a communications path that is inoperative.
  • individual red, yellow and green LEDS may be used in place of the multi-color LEDs.
  • one or more of elements 380 f , 380 g may each comprise a single bi-color LED.
  • a WWAN indicator 380 j may preferably be provided to indicate a status of access to the WWAN network, (using, for example, “green” to indicate a healthy network, “yellow” to indicate a network having one or more issues but still operable, and “red” to indicate a network that is inoperative and indicating an alarm condition).
  • the indicator 380 j includes indicator elements 380 f , 380 g for indicating the WWAN network status.
  • the indicator element 380 f may be configured with a green LED indicator element that is activated when the WWAN network status is active or accessible, and the indicator 380 g may be configured with a red LED indicator element that is activated when the WWAN network is inactive or inaccessible (for example, may preferably be backlit with one or more multicolor LEDs.
  • the indicator element 380 j may be intermittently or periodically activated, for example, when a signal strength of the WWAN network available to the module configuration 370 is insufficient to support communications.
  • the indicator element 380 f may be intermittently too low to support communications, or is unavailable to support such communications.
  • the audible alarm may be initiated under such conditions.
  • control panel may include a WLAN/WPAN indicator 380 i to indicate an overall health of the entire WLAN/WPAN (or at least of the portion available to provide an alternate path for the relay module 30 a to the WWAN network).
  • the WLAN/WPAN indicator 380 i may preferably indicate an overall status of the WLAN/WPAN (using “green” to indicate a healthy network, “yellow” to indicate a network having one or more issues but still operable, and “red” to indicate a network that is inoperative and indicating an alarm condition).
  • the indicator 380 i may preferably be backlit with one or more multicolor LEDs.
  • the indicator element 380 i may be intermittently or periodically activated when the signal strength of the WWANWLAN network is marginally sufficient, too low, or insufficient to support communications. In addition, the audible alarm may be initiated under such conditions.
  • the alarm switch 380 b may be configured to allow a user to mute and/or un-mute one or more of the audible alarms entirely, or for a specified time period (similarly to a conventional clock alarm “snooze function) indicators of the module configuration 370 such as indicators 380 a - 380 j may preferably be electrically connected to the input-output circuit 36 depicted in FIG. 3A , for example.
  • the wireless relay module 30 a may employ, for example, hardware or software to implement an International Telecommunication Standardization Sector (ITU-T) H.323 codec to enable voice and/or video communications between a caregiver located proximate the wireless relay module and a remote technician.
  • the wireless relay module control panel 38 may optionally include microphone and speaker elements (not shown) for enabling the module configuration 37 to be operated in a voice communication mode to allow for voice communication, for example, between an operator, caregiver, and/or a help desk technician in event of a trouble condition reported by one of the medical devices 10 .
  • control panel 380 may include one or more of a camera element (not shown) and/or a display element (not shown) coupled to the codec to be operated in a visual communication mode.
  • the camera element may be used to transfer images from displays of one or more medical devices 10 to one of the remote monitoring devices 61 , 62 and 63 of FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 4A presents a flow diagram 400 illustrating a method of operation for the architecture according to FIG. 1A and relay module 30 , 30 a components of FIGS. 2 and 3 A- 3 H, relating to the transmission of medical device data obtained from a medical device 10 to the access point 40 .
  • the medical device data is received at a first one of the relay modules 30 a from one of the interface circuits 15 and/or other relay modules 30 , 30 a over the wireless relay network 16 .
  • the processor 34 of the one relay module 30 a determines whether the WWAN is accessible by that relay module 30 a.
  • step 404 may be carried out in a variety of manners.
  • the processor 34 may interrogate the status module 32 b of the transceiver 32 at the time of or after the receipt of the medical device data to determine a status parameter indicative of access for the transceiver 32 to the WWAN (for example, access for transceiver 37 to the WWAN may be determined as the result of the transceiver 32 detecting an access signal of the WWAN having adequate signal strength for maintaining data communication at a desired quality level).
  • the processor 34 may interrogate the status module 32 b at a different time including, for example, at system start-up and/or periodically (for example, hourly), and maintain a status indicator such as in the buffer 35 or another storage element to be retrieved at the time of receipt of the medical device data.
  • the relay module 30 , 30 a may be assigned a predetermined, fixed role within the network 16 .
  • relay modules 30 a in the network 16 may be assigned a data routing assignments by a controller or controlling relay module or modules which may be preselected from among the relay modules 30 , 30 a .
  • the WWAN status for relay module 30 that does not possess WWAN access capability shall have a fixed status of “WWAN inaccessible.”
  • step 404 the processor 34 will proceed to step 406 to instruct the data processing circuit 33 of the one relay module 30 (or 30 a ) to retrieve the medical device data from the buffer 35 or 35 a (as necessary) and forward the medical device data to the transceiver 32 for transmission to the access point 40 over the WWAN.
  • the status module 32 b may indicate that the WWAN is not accessible by the transceiver 32 .
  • the processor 34 determines whether a second relay module 30 a is accessible via the WLAN or WPAN. Again, this determination may be made in a variety of manners including by instructing the transceiver 31 to send a handshake signal transmission directed to a second relay module 30 a and to listen for a reply, or by retrieving a stored status indicator for the second relay module 30 a.
  • the processor 34 instructs the data processing circuit 33 of the one relay module 30 a to retrieve the medical device data from the buffer 35 or 35 a (as necessary) and forward the medical device data to the transceiver 31 for transmission to the second relay module 30 a over the WLAN or WPAN at step 410 .
  • this portion of the process 400 may preferably be repeated to search for a further relay module 30 a that is accessible.
  • the processor 34 of the one relay module 30 a may preferably issue an alarm notification at step 412 .
  • Such an alarm notification may, for example, include one or more of local visual and audio alarms as directed by processor 34 via the input/output circuit 36 of the one relay module 30 a , alarm messages directed by the processor 34 to another accessible WPAN, WLAN or WWAN via one or more of the transceivers 31 , 32 , and/or alarm messages generated by the inbound web server 41 of the access point 40 .
  • These notifications may be displayed or otherwise executed after a specified time period has been exceeded, for example, during which a handshake signal of the relay module 30 a is due but not received, at the inbound web server 41 from the wireless relay module 30 a.
  • FIG. 4B depicts a method of operation 400 b for an embodiment of relay module 30 a .
  • Methods 400 and 400 b include substantially identical steps except method 400 b substitutes steps 404 b and 406 b for steps 404 and 406 of method 400 .
  • These substituted steps 404 b and 406 b are similar to the corresponding steps 404 and 406 expanded to utilize the additional transceivers 37 and 38 of FIG. 3B , for example.
  • the relay module 30 a determines if any WWAN is accessible by transceivers 32 or 38 (e.g. in step 404 b ). If no WWAN is accessible the method 400 b then continues to step 408 and performs substantially the same operations as described with respect to steps 408 , 410 and 412 in FIG. 4 . Otherwise, if a WWAN is determined accessible in step 404 b , the method 400 b proceeds to step 406 b . In step 406 b , the method 400 b transmits the medical data over the available WWAN via transceiver 32 or 38 to the appropriate access point.
  • step 406 b the controller 33 may determine which one of the accessible WWANs the medical data should be transmitted over by either of transceivers 32 or 38 . Such determination can be made by many different criteria or rules including, for example, based upon signal strength, cost, time of day, day of week or preferences of a network manager or other user.
  • the relay module 30 a is preferably provided with a relay module network indicator 380 e to indicate a status of the portion of the WLAN or WPAN network 16 of FIGS. 1 , 2 used to provide communications between the relay module 30 a and its associated interface circuits 15 and medical devices 10 .
  • FIG. 4C presents a flow diagram illustrating a method of operation 420 for generating status information that may be used by network indicator 380 e of FIG. 3H .
  • the processor 34 is instructed to retrieve a current module performance measure or history, for example, from the memory 35 b for each medical device 15 accessible to the relay module 30 a via the WLAN/WPAN network 16 .
  • Performance measures may, for example, include a measured signal strength, noise, bit rate, error rate, packet discard rate, occupancy, availability and the like as are conventionally measured for WLAN/WPAN networks. See, e.g., Pinto, WMM—Wireless Mesh Monitoring, Technical Report, INESC-ID, 2009, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety herein for all purposes. Measured performance may in addition take certain environmental information into account. For example, relatively elevated ambient operating temperature of the relay module 30 a , and the like, which may lead to possible corruption of data from the medical device caused by such elevated ambient temperature.
  • the processor 34 at step 424 employs conventional means in the transceiver 31 (for example, via status module 31 b ) to obtain current performance measures by transmitting a request to and receiving current performance data from the interface circuit 15 of the associated medical device 10 , and preferably stores the current performance measures as part of the performance history in the memory 35 b .
  • Currency may preferably be determined according to system performance, regulatory and/or other requirements for individual performance measures in prescribed time intervals (for example, for an interval older than 5 seconds, older than 1 minute, older than the most recent each hour, or the like), which may be stored in the memory 35 b for retrieval and reference by the processor 34 .
  • the processor 34 After determining at steps 423 and 425 that current performance data has been obtained for each medical device accessible to the relay module 30 a , the processor 34 at step 426 determines a current module status as a function of the current performance data and the performance history. For example, if the current performance data indicate that each medical device 10 is currently accessible to the relay module 30 a , the module performance history indicates that the medical devices have been consistently accessible to the relay module 30 a for a predetermined time (for example, over a period of several hours), and throughput and/or occupancy are within predetermined limits, the processor 34 may determine that the wireless relay network 16 is “healthy” (indicated, for example, at step 427 by illuminating a green LED segment of indicator 38 e ).
  • the processor 34 may determine a status of “partially accessible” (indicated, for example, at step 427 by illuminating a yellow LED segment of indicator 38 e ). If one or more of the medical devices 10 are presently inaccessible to the relay module 30 a , the processor 34 may determine a status of “inaccessible” (indicated, for example, at step 427 by illuminating a red LED segment of indicator 380 e ).
  • step 428 it may be determined by the processor 34 for example in view of “partially accessible” or “inaccessible” statuses that an alarm condition has been generated, causing the processor 34 to present an alarm (for example, by causing the yellow or red LED segments to be illuminated in a blinking fashion, and/or by providing one or more audible alarms as previously described.
  • the processor 34 may cause the transceiver 31 to transmit the status information to one or more of the medical devices 10 , or may cause the transceiver 32 to transmit the status information to a device in communication with the WWAN.
  • FIG. 4D presents a flow diagram illustrating a method of operation 440 for generating the status information indicated by WWAN indicator 380 j of FIG. 3H .
  • the processor 34 retrieves a WWAN performance history, for example, from the memory 35 b as to the status of the WWAN network 44 .
  • Performance measures may, for example, include a measured signal strength, noise, bit rate, error rate, call set up time, dropped call rate, occupancy and network availability and the like as are conventionally measured for WWAN/cellular networks for example, via the status module 32 b . (See, e.g., Mike P.
  • the processor 34 at step 444 employs conventional means in the transceiver 32 to obtain current performance measures by transmitting a request to and receiving data from the access point 40 of FIG. 1 , and preferably stores the current performance measures as part of the performance history in the memory 35 b .
  • the transceiver 32 may transmit a request to the access point 40 and/or other device to retrieve the performance data.
  • the processor 34 After determining at step 443 that the WWAN performance data is current, the processor 34 at step 445 determines a current WWAN status as a function of the current performance data and the performance history. For example, if the current performance data indicate that the WWAN 44 is currently accessible to the relay module 30 a , the module performance history indicates that the WWAN 44 has been accessible to the relay module 30 a for a predetermined time (for example, several hours), and throughput and/or occupancy are within predetermined limits, the processor 34 may determine that the WWAN 44 is “healthy” (indicated, for example, at step 446 by illuminating a green LED segment of the WWAN indicator 38 j ).
  • the processor 34 may determine a status of “partially accessible” (indicated, for example, at step 446 by illuminating a yellow LED segment of the WWAN indicator 38 j ).
  • the processor 34 may determine a status of “inaccessible” (indicated, for example, at step 446 by illuminating a red LED segment of the WWAN indicator 38 j ).
  • a status of “inaccessible” indicated, for example, at step 446 by illuminating a red LED segment of the WWAN indicator 38 j .
  • it may be determined by the processor 34 for example in view of “partially accessible” or “inaccessible” statuses that an alarm condition has been generated, causing the processor 34 to present an alarm (for example, by causing the yellow or red LED segments to be illuminated in a blinking fashion, and/or by providing one or more audible alarms as previously described.
  • the processor 34 may cause the transceiver 31 to transmit the status information to one or more of the medical devices 10 , or may cause the transceiver 32 to transmit the status information to a device in communication with the WWAN.
  • FIG. 4E presents a flow diagram illustrating a method of operation 460 for generating the status information that may be used by WLAN/WPAN indicator 380 i of FIG. 3H to indicate an overall health of the entire WLAN/WPAN (or at least of the portion available to provide an alternate path for the relay module 30 a to the WWAN network).
  • the processor 34 retrieves current module performance history from the memory 35 b for communications with each other relay module that is accessible to the relay module 30 a via the WLAN/WPAN network 16 (“neighbor module”).
  • performance measures may, for example, include a measured signal strength, noise, bit rate, error rate, occupancy, availability, path usage and the like as are conventionally measured for WLAN/WPAN networks (using, for example, the status module 31 b ).
  • the processor operates the transceiver 31 to request that each neighbor module provide a WWAN status (prepared, for example, according to the method described with reference to FIG. 4D ).
  • the processor 34 at step 466 employs conventional means in the transceiver 31 to obtain current performance measures by transmitting data to and receiving data from the neighbor modules, and preferably stores the current performance measures as part of the performance history in the memory 35 b .
  • current performance measures may be obtained with respect to other neighboring devices, for example, having known or discernible performance (for example, network “beacons”).
  • the processor 34 After determining at step 467 that current performance data has been obtained for each neighbor module accessible to the rely module 30 a , the processor 34 at step 468 determines a current module status as a function of the current neighbor module performance data (including neighbor module WWAN status) and the neighbor module performance history.
  • the processor 34 may determine a status of “fully accessible” (indicated, for example, at step 469 by illuminating a green LED segment of WLAN/WPAN indicator 380 i ).
  • the processor 34 may determine a status of “partially accessible” (indicated, for example, at step 469 by illuminating a yellow LED segment of WLAN/WPAN indicator 380 i ). If at least two of the neighbor modules 30 a are not presently accessible to the relay module 30 a , the processor 34 may determine a status of “inaccessible” (indicated, for example, at step 469 by illuminating a red LED segment of WLAN/WPAN indicator 38 i ).
  • the processor 34 may be determined by the processor 34 for example in view of “partially accessible” or “inaccessible” statuses that an alarm condition has been generated, causing the processor 34 to present an alarm (for example, by causing the yellow or red LED segments to be illuminated in a blinking fashion, and/or by providing one or more audible alarms as previously described.
  • the processor 34 may cause the transceiver 31 to transmit the status information to one or more of the medical devices 10 , or may cause the transceiver 32 to transmit the status information to a device in communication with the WWAN.
  • FIG. 4F presents a flow diagram 413 illustrating a method of operation for emergency dialing.
  • the processor 34 of the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3 determines whether to transmit over the facility-oriented wireless network or the WWAN and makes a determination based on the medical device data whether an emergency condition exists as represented by step 414 . If such a condition exists then, in step 415 , the processor 34 transmits a message to the phone device 39 a to activate it and also initiate a connection in step 416 (e.g., phone call, etc.) with an emergency responder, such as 911, relatives/friends, caregivers, or police authorities.
  • an emergency responder such as 911, relatives/friends, caregivers, or police authorities.
  • an automated voice message is preferably transmitted to the emergency responder by the signal generator 39 b indicating the emergency condition and location of the condition. If an emergency condition does not exist in step 414 , in step 417 then the medical device data is stored for further analysis by the monitoring unit 37 b.
  • FIG. 4G presents a flow diagram 418 illustrating how a location signal may be generated.
  • a determination is made in step 474 by the processor 34 as to whether GPS location data was received as a component of the medical device data received from a medical device. If yes, in step 476 , the processor 34 provides the location data for transmission with emergency condition data to the emergency responder. If that location data is not available, at step 478 a location device 38 of the relay module 30 a is instructed by the processor 34 to generate location data of the relay module 30 a .
  • the processor 34 provides the location data for transmission with emergency condition data to the emergency responder as a component of the message transmitted by the phone device 39 a.
  • FIG. 4H presents a table as may be stored for example in memory 35 b by the relay module 30 a for determining whether an emergency condition exists.
  • the table 481 includes codes 482 to indicate predetermined emergency conditions, descriptions 486 for the emergency conditions, harm times 488 defining an elapsed time until the emergency condition becomes harmful, priorities 490 for triage purposes, related codes 492 to the coded emergency condition, and physiological data 494 used to identify the emergency condition. For example, as shown in line 1 of the table of FIG.
  • a code value 482 of “2” is assigned to the description 486 “Significant fever condition,” which is assigned an unattended harm time 488 of “10 minutes” and an immediate priority of 490 of “5.”
  • a related condition 492 indicates that this condition in related to a code value 482 of “7,” which corresponds to the description 486 “Vital signs decreasing.”
  • the code value 2 in addition corresponds to physiological conditions 494 (“Temp. ⁇ 103 ”). ****
  • FIG. 5 presents a flow diagram illustrating a method of operation 500 for the architecture according to FIG. 1 , relating to the transmission of a message from the access point 40 to be received by one of the medical devices 10 .
  • This enables the access point 40 , for example, to communicate with medical devices in order to download new firmware or software, to respond to error messages initiated by the medical devices (for example, to re-set a device or remove it from service, or to run device diagnostics), and to operate the medical device (for example, to adjust a flow rate on a feeding pump).
  • the message is received at the first one of the relay modules 30 a from the access point 40 via the WWAN.
  • the one relay module 30 determines whether the message is intended to reach one of the interface circuits 15 and/or other relay modules 30 , 30 a located in the facility 20 . This may be accomplished, for example, by maintaining a list of active devices 15 and modules 30 , 30 a in the buffer 35 or in a manner otherwise accessible to the one relay module 30 a , or coding an identifier of the device 15 or module 30 , 30 a to include an identity of the facility 20 that is stored in the buffer 35 or is otherwise identifiable to the one relay module 30 or 30 a .
  • the received message may include a device identifier such as a serial number or an assigned identifier.
  • a device identifier such as a serial number or an assigned identifier.
  • the one relay module 30 a may preferably proceed to discard the message at step 508 , and/or alternatively alert the access point 40 with a non-delivery message. If the interface circuit 15 is located in the facility 20 , the one relay module 30 a determines at step 510 whether the interface circuit 15 or relay module 30 , 30 a accessible to the one relay device 30 a via the WLAN or WPAN (for example, by consulting a list stored in the buffer 35 or that is otherwise accessible to the one relay module 30 a , or by instructing the transceiver 31 to send a handshake or test transmission directed to the interface circuit 15 and to listen for a reply).
  • the one relay module 30 a determines at step 512 that the device 15 or relay module 30 , 30 a is accessible, then at step 514 , it transmits the message via network 16 to that device or relay module via the transceiver 31 , or to relay module 30 , 30 a via the transceiver 31 .
  • the message may again be broadcasted to all devices 15 and modules 30 , 30 a in communication with the one relay module 30 a , and each device 15 or module 30 , 30 a may decide to act on or ignore the message (for example, by matching to an associated device ID or other identifier in the message).
  • the one relay module 30 a alternatively determines at step 512 that the device or relay module is not accessible, then it proceeds at step 516 to determine whether a second relay module 30 , 30 a is accessible via the WLAN or WPAN (for example, by instructing the transceiver 31 to send a handshake transmission directed to the second relay module and to listen for a reply). If the second relay module 30 , 30 a is available, then the one relay module 30 forwards the message to the transceiver 31 for transmission to the second relay module 30 , 30 a over the WLAN or WPAN. If the second relay module 30 , 30 a is inaccessible, then this portion of the process 500 may preferably be repeated to search for a third relay module 30 , 30 a that is accessible.
  • the one relay module 30 may preferably issue an alarm notification at step 522 , preferably in one of the same manners described above in reference to the methods described in conjunction with FIGS. 6A-6D below.
  • the processor 34 may also issue alarm notifications upon failing to receive a handshake signal from other medical devices 10 and/or relay modules 30 , 30 a.
  • FIG. 6A depicts a flow diagram 600 representing an alarm alert and display process.
  • the processor 34 of the relay module 30 a receives information such as medical device data from a medical device, other rely module or internally generated by the relay module.
  • the method 600 determines whether the information obtained in step 602 is indicative of an alarm condition or an alarm condition is otherwise present. If no alarm condition is detected at step 604 , then method 600 reverts back to step 602 . If, in step 604 , an alarm condition is detected based on the obtained information by step 602 , the method 600 proceeds to step 606 .
  • step 606 the processor 34 produces an alarm alert by transmitting signals representing an alert to be displayed to the display 36 and/or transmits signals representing speech or other audible information (for an audible alarm) to the speaker. Then, the method 600 proceeds to step 608 .
  • step 608 it is determined whether the module 30 a receives medical device data or other information instructing the module to mute or disable the audible alarm or an input signal is otherwise received requesting to mute the sound or disable the audible alarm. If such input signal is received then, in step 612 , the processor 34 mutes the speaker, i.e., disable the audible alarm. However, in step 608 , if no such input signal is received then the method 600 proceeds to step 610 .
  • step 610 the processor 34 determines whether a user-actuatable switch associated with the input/output circuit 38 , e.g., a mute switch of the relay module 30 a , has been activated. If such a switch has been activated then the method 600 proceeds to step 612 and the speaker is muted to disable the emitted audible alarm. After the speaker is muted, the method 600 returns to step 602 and starts the process again. However, if in step 610 , it is determined that the mute switch has not been activated then the method 600 proceeds to step 614 where the processor again determines whether the alarm condition is still present based upon, for example, newly received medical device data.
  • a user-actuatable switch associated with the input/output circuit 38 e.g., a mute switch of the relay module 30 a .
  • step 612 the audible alarm is disabled.
  • step 614 the audible alert is produced, i.e., continued.
  • the emitted audible alarm may advantageously be changed or upgraded in decibel level, pitch, type of sound, duty cycle or speech command to draw greater attention and response to the alarm condition by potential responders.
  • the relay module may transmit a signal to other nearby or remote relay module(s) to alert other potential responders of the alarm condition.
  • the method of 600 may operate with information received from plurality of medical devices or other wireless relay modules, and may provide the intermittent displaying of respective alarm alerts for particular time intervals or employ different foreground or background colors based upon the type or severity of the alarm condition.
  • FIG. 6B depicts a flow diagram representing a alarm alert and display process 600 a . Some of the steps in process 600 a may be the same as or similar to steps in process 600 .
  • the processor 34 of the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3 receives information such as medical device data from a medical device, another relay module or internally generated by the relay module. Then, the method 600 a , in step 604 a , determines whether the information obtained in step 602 a is indicative of an alarm condition or an alarm condition is otherwise present. If no alarm condition is detected at step 604 a , then method 600 a reverts back to step 602 a . If, in step 604 a , an alarm condition is detected based on the obtained information by step 602 a , the method 600 a proceeds to step 606 a.
  • step 606 a the processor 34 produces an audible and visual alarm alert by transmitting signals representing an alert to be displayed to the display 36 and/or transmits signals representing speech or other audible information (for an audible alarm) to the speaker.
  • the processor 34 may transmit the alarm alert to a medical device 10 via the transceiver 31 , and/or to the access point 40 via the transceiver 32 . Then, the method 600 a proceeds to step 608 a.
  • step 608 a it is determined whether the module 30 a receives medical device data or other information instructing the module to mute or disable the audible alarm or an input signal is otherwise received requesting to mute the sound or disable the audible alarm. If such input signal is received then, in step 612 a , the processor 34 mutes the speaker to disable the audible alarm. However, in step 608 a , if no such input signal is received then the method 600 a proceeds to step 610 a.
  • step 610 a the processor 34 determines whether a user-actuatable switch associated with the input/output circuit 38 , e.g., a mute switch of the relay module 30 a , has been activated. If such a switch has been activated then the method 600 a proceeds to step 612 a and the speaker is muted to disable the emitted audible alarm. The method 600 a then proceeds at step 616 a to determine whether a mute timer has expired after a predetermined time interval (for example, 5 minutes). If so the mute signal is cleared and/or the mute switch is released at step 618 a , and the method 600 a returns to step 606 a to produce each of the audible and visual alerts.
  • a user-actuatable switch associated with the input/output circuit 38 e.g., a mute switch of the relay module 30 a .
  • step 610 a it is determined that the mute switch has not been activated, then the method 600 a proceeds to step 614 a where the processor again determines whether the alarm condition is still present based upon, for example, newly received medical device data. If the alarm condition is no longer present, the method 600 a proceeds to step 602 a and the alarm is disabled. However, if in step 614 a the alarm condition is still present, the method proceeds at step 423 to check a condition timer to determine whether the alarm condition has been present for a particular period of time (either fixed in duration for example of five minutes, or for a variable duration based upon the particular alarm condition).
  • step 620 a the emitted audible alarm may advantageously be changed or upgraded in decibel level, pitch, type of sound, duty cycle or speech command to draw greater attention and response to the alarm condition by potential responders, and reapplied at step 606 a .
  • the relay module 30 , 30 a at step 620 a may transmit a signal to other nearby or remote relay module(s) to alert other potential responders of the alarm condition.
  • the method of flow diagram 600 a may operate with information received from a plurality of medical devices or other wireless relay modules, and may provide the intermittent displaying of respective alarm alerts for particular time intervals or employ different foreground or background colors based upon the type or severity of the alarm condition.
  • FIG. 6C depicts a flow diagram 600 b representing an alarm monitoring process executed by the processor 34 and the power monitoring device 39 b with respect to the AC power supply to the relay module 30 a .
  • the processor 34 interrogates the power monitoring device 39 b to determine whether the external AC power supply is providing a “normal” voltage (for example, 120 VAC, 60 Hz). If the external AC power supply is providing a normal voltage, the processor engages a timer 604 b to operate for a predetermined period of time (for example, 2 minutes) and then returns to step 602 b .
  • a “normal” voltage for example, 120 VAC, 60 Hz.
  • the processor 34 causes a power alarm message to be transmitted at step 606 b .
  • the processor determines whether an audible portion of the alarm resulting from the transmitted alarm message has been muted (for example, by activating the mute switch of the relay module 30 a ). If yes, the processor 34 transmits a message to clear the alarm at step 610 b , engages a timer to operate for a second predetermined period (for example, 5 minutes), and then returns to step 602 b .
  • the processor 34 engages a timer 614 b to operate for another predetermined time period (for example, 3 minutes), and then returns to step 602 b .
  • the processor 34 may clear the muted condition rather than clearing the alarm, and release the alarm only if a normal voltage is detected as step 602 b.
  • FIG. 6C depicts a flow diagram 600 c representing an alarm monitoring process executed by the processor 34 and the power monitoring device 39 b with respect to the secondary power source 39 c to the relay module 30 a .
  • the processor 34 interrogates the power monitoring device 39 b to determine whether the secondary power source 39 c is providing a “normal” voltage (for example, 9 VDC). If the secondary power source 39 c is providing a normal voltage, the processor engages a timer 644 c to operate for a predetermined period of time (for example, 1 minute) and then returns to step 642 c.
  • a “normal” voltage for example, 9 VDC
  • the processor 34 interrogates the power monitoring device 39 b to at step 646 c to determine whether the secondary power source 39 c is providing a “low” voltage (for example, between 7 and 8.5 VDC). If yes, the processor causes a low battery alarm message to be transmitted at step 648 c . At step 650 c , the processor determines whether an audible portion of the alarm resulting from the transmitted alarm message has been muted (for example, by activating the mute switch of the relay module 30 a ).
  • the processor 34 transmits a message to clear the alarm at step 652 c , and engages a timer 654 c to operate for a predetermined period (for example, 1 minute) and returns to step 642 c . If not, the processor 34 engages another timer 656 c to operate for another predetermined time period (for example, 2 minutes) and then returns to step 642 c.
  • the processor 34 determines that the secondary power source 39 c is not providing a “low” voltage (for example, between 7 and 8.5 VDC)
  • the processor 34 concludes at step 658 c that the voltage is a “near death” voltage (for example, less than 7 VDC).
  • the processor 34 then begins at step 660 c to store medical device data arriving from one or more medical devices 10 via the wireless relay network and/or from the access point 40 via the internet-accessible wireless communications network in the memory 35 b , and causes a near death battery alarm message to be transmitted at step 662 c .
  • the processor determines whether an audible portion of an alarm resulting from the transmitted alarm message has been muted (for example, by activating the mute switch of the relay module 30 a ). If yes, the processor 34 transmits a message to clear the alarm at step 666 c , and engages a timer 668 c to operate for a predetermined period (for example, 1 minute) and returns to step 642 c . If not, the processor 34 engages another timer 670 c to operate for another predetermined time period (for example, 2 minutes) and then returns to step 642 c .
  • the processor 34 retrieves any medical device data that was stored in the memory 35 b during the period when a “near death” voltage was detected, and transmits the retrieved medical device data to intended destinations via one or more of the wireless relay network and/or the internet-accessible wireless communications network.
  • FIG. 7A depicts a flow diagram 800 representing a process executed by the wireless relay module to determine whether communications with a particular medical device 10 can be carried out over the wireless relay network 16 .
  • the process begins with the processor 34 of the wireless relay module 30 a engaging a timer 802 for a predetermined period of time (for example, 5 minutes). After expiration of the timer 802 , the processor 34 instructs the transceiver 31 to transmit a “heartbeat” request to the medical device 10 over the wireless relay network. If a response is received by the transceiver 31 to the request, the process concludes at step 808 and the processor once again engages the timer 802 .
  • the processor 34 increments a request counter at step 810 and engages another timer 812 for another predetermined period of time (for example, 1 minute). Then, the processor 34 proceeds to resend the heartbeat request at step 814 . If a response is received by the transceiver 31 to the resent request, the process concludes at step 808 and the processor again engages the timer 802 . If no appropriate response is received, the processor 34 proceeds at step 818 to determine whether the request counter exceeds a predetermined value (for example, a predetermined value of 5).
  • a predetermined value for example, a predetermined value of 5
  • the processor 34 causes at step 820 , a heartbeat alarm to be displayed by the display 36 and/or be audibly signaled by the speaker 37 , and/or transmits a message via at least one of the transceivers 31 , 32 to the access point 40 and/or to another internet-accessible and/or wireless network-accessible recipient.
  • the process then continues at step 808 and the processor once again engages the timer 802 . If the predetermined value of the request counter is not exceeded at step 818 , the process returns to step 810 .
  • the processor 34 of the wireless relay module 30 a may alternatively instruct the status module 31 b associated with the transceiver 31 to determine one of a variety of measures of signal quality for the wireless relay network signals being received from a medical device 10 (for example, including a signal strength or data rate of the transmitted signal).
  • the architecture disclosed herein for providing networked communications between a series of medical devices and a remote monitoring device provides a number of distinct advantages in comparison to other monitoring systems.
  • wireless relay networks such as ZIGBEE networks based on the IEEE 802.15.4 standard
  • power and size requirements can be minimized so that the interface circuits 15 can be easily and inexpensively applied to and/or integrated with the medical devices 10 .
  • relay modules 30 a that are part of the wireless relay mesh networks with the capacity to access off-site monitoring devices via a WWAN
  • access to and reliance on existing and potentially unreliable LAN facilities at a facility can be avoided.
  • relay features into the relay modules 30 a that relay communications from a first relay module 30 a through a second relay module 30 a in the event that WWAN access to the first relay module 30 a has been compromised, reliability can be improved and the use of conventional, low-cost cellular transceivers can be enabled in the relay modules 30 a for accessing the WWAN.
  • relay modules 30 a By limiting the configuration of cellular transceivers to just the relay modules 30 a , costs can be further reduced. In addition, providing the relay modules 30 a in a compact enclosure facilitates the relay modules 30 a to be easily connected to reliable commercial power sources and easily moved when needed to reconfigure the wireless relay networks (e.g. a to a mesh network) according to facilities changes. The portability for ambulatory use that is provided by battery back-up is an additional advantage.
  • FIG. 7B presents a flow diagram illustrating a method 700 A of identifying a patient that is associated with (that is, intends to receive treatment from or provide patient identification information and/or patient medical and/or physiological data to) a medical device 10 (as depicted, for example, in FIG. 1 ).
  • the process may be initiated, for example, by actuating the synchronization switch 38 k on the control panel 38 as illustrated in FIG. 3( e ) of a relay module 30 a in proximity to the medical device 10 .
  • the relay module 30 a enters an identification signal reception mode, in which it waits for a first predetermined interval (for example, using a time-out algorithm) at step 704 A to receive patient identification data over the facility-oriented wireless network via the interface device 17 a of a patient identification device 17 .
  • the relay module 30 a preferably indicates receipt by presenting an audible or visual signal at the control panel 38 , or by broadcasting a receipt signal to the patient identification device 17 over the facility-oriented wireless network.
  • the relay module 30 a waits for a second predetermined interval to receive medical device identification information over the facility-oriented wireless network via the interface circuit 15 of a medical device 10 .
  • the relay module 30 a preferably indicates receipt of this medical device data by presenting an audible or visual signal at the control panel 38 , or by broadcasting a receipt signal to medical device 10 over the facility-oriented wireless network. It should be understood that the order of receipt of the patient identification data and the medical device identification information (which may be respectively transmitted, for example, by a caregiver operating the patient identification device 17 and the medical device 10 ) may be inverted.
  • inventive process 700 A may optionally first require the caregiver to transmit caregiver identification data (for example, via one of the patient identification device 17 or the medical device 10 , or via a sensor provided in the relay module 30 a ) which is validated by comparison to a caregiver identification table maintained for example in the memory 35 b of the relay module 30 a , or alternatively by forwarding a validation request to the remote monitoring system at the access point 40 over one or more of the facility-oriented wireless network and WWAN via an associated one of the transceivers 31 , 32 .
  • caregiver identification data for example, via one of the patient identification device 17 or the medical device 10 , or via a sensor provided in the relay module 30 a
  • a caregiver identification table maintained for example in the memory 35 b of the relay module 30 a
  • forwarding a validation request to the remote monitoring system at the access point 40 over one or more of the facility-oriented wireless network and WWAN via an associated one of the transceivers 31 , 32 .
  • step 708 A upon receipt of each of the patient identification data and the medical device identification data, a verification process is initiated. This process is carried out by the method 700 B illustrated in the flow diagram of FIG. 7C .
  • a patient identification directory in the memory 35 b of the relay module 30 a is interrogated to determine whether a record is present including the received patient identification data and medical device information data, and if so, whether this record includes a “fresh” time stamp indicating that the record is current (for example, if patient identification is verified on a daily basis, a time stamp during the current day). If the time stamp is current, the record is retrieved from the patient identification directory at step 712 B, and an acknowledgement status identified is extracted from the record at step 710 B.
  • the relay module 30 a proceeds to form a data packet including the patient identification information and medical device identification and to encrypt this packet (for example, using a suitable conventional encryption algorithm such as secure sockets layer (SSL) data encryption) at step 704 B, and then transmits the encrypted data packet at step 706 B for further validation to the remote monitoring system at the access point 40 over one or more of the facility-oriented wireless network and WWAN via an associated one of the transceivers 31 , 32 .
  • the patient identification information and/or the medical device identification information may be encrypted by one or more of the patient identification information device or the medical device, and steps 702 B, 704 B and 712 B may be omitted.
  • the relay module receives a reply packet from the remote monitoring system via one of the transceivers 31 , 32 , and decrypts that packet.
  • the relay module 30 a extracts the acknowledgement status identifier from the decrypted packet.
  • the relay module 30 a preferably adds a record to the patient identification directory in the memory 35 b that includes the patient identification information, the medical device identification information, the acknowledgement status identifier and a current time stamp.
  • the relay module broadcasts the acknowledgement status identifier (preferably together with at least one of the patient identification data or the medical device identification data) via the transceiver 31 to the medical device 10 .
  • the medical device 10 Upon receipt of the acknowledgement status identifier, the medical device 10 begins operation and transmits medical device data via an associated interface circuit 15 over the facility-oriented wireless network for receipt by the wireless network 30 a at step 712 A.
  • the acknowledgement status identifier may preferably be encoded to instruct the medical device 10 to operate with predefined operating parameters.
  • the medical device 10 may transmit a request via the interface circuit 15 to confirm preset operating parameters and/or request additional information. Once the operating parameters are confirmed and operation of the medical device 10 begins, the wireless network 30 a may operate according to the previously-described processes 400 , 500 of FIGS. 4 , 5 .
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a flow diagram of a method 8200 for registering medical devices 10 with the system 100 B of FIG. 1B .
  • the method 8200 begins at step 8202 , at which an authorized technician or other personnel having access to one of the remote monitoring devices 67 , 73 , 75 provides authenticating credentials (for example, a recognized log-in and password) to the outbound web server 43 , and the web server responds by transmitting a device set-up screen to the remote monitoring device 67 , 73 , 75 requesting medical device identifying information and associated patient identifying information.
  • authenticating credentials for example, a recognized log-in and password
  • the outbound web server 43 preferably queries the metadata and application database 46 according to one or more of identifying information for the technician and/or identifying information for the patient to identify an associated patient care database node 60 from a plurality of patient care database nodes for the patient and record a destination address for the associated patient care database node 60 in the metadata and application database 46 in association with the identifying data for the medical device 10 and/or identifying information for the patient.
  • Identifying information for the patient is preferably generated anonymously (for example as a random number), and transmitted at step 8206 to the patient care database node 60 for association with securely-stored patient identifying information.
  • the outbound web server 43 requests that the secure device web server 42 assign an area of the device control database 44 for logging associated medical device data for the medical device 10 as it is received by the device integration server 41 , such that it can be later retrieved by the outbound web server 43 upon receiving an authorized request from an authenticated user operating one of the remote monitoring devices 67 , 73 , 75 .
  • step 8204 of method 8200 for identifying and storing the address of the patient care database node 60 may be omitted if a single patient care database node is utilized with system 100 B of FIG. 1B .
  • FIG. 9A presents a flow diagram illustrating a method 9300 for retrieving and viewing medical device data on a remote monitoring device 67 , 73 , 75 for a registered medical device 10 according to the system of FIG. 1B .
  • the method 9300 begins at step 9302 with a first authorized user having access to one of the first remote monitoring devices 67 provides authenticating credentials (for example, a recognized log-in and password) to the outbound web server 43 .
  • authenticating credentials for example, a recognized log-in and password
  • a second authorized user having access to one of the second remote monitoring devices 73 , 75 likewise provides respective authenticating credentials to the outbound web server 43
  • the outbound web server 43 queries the metadata and applications database 46 to identify the address of patient care database node(s) 60 to which the respective first and second authorized users are entitled to obtain access, and at step 9306 , requests data from the patient care database node 60 relating to at least one identified patient for which the first and second user are respectively authorized to view medical device data, including for example a listing of medical devices 10 which are presently associated with the identified patient, and/or status information of the facility-oriented network 17 .
  • the outbound web server 43 queries the device control database 44 via the secure device web server 42 for status information to determine which of the listed medical devices are presently active according to the data logged by the device control database 44 .
  • a medical device 10 its associated interface device 15 , an associated wireless relay module 30 and/or the device integration server 41 may be programmed to provide data from the medical device 10 to the device integration server 41 at predetermined, preset intervals or otherwise, which can then be provided to server 43 in response to inquiries therefrom.
  • the outbound web server 43 Upon obtaining the status information, the outbound web server 43 prepares respective display pages with encrypted medical device data, according for example to display information retrieved from the metadata and applications database 46 , to display listings of medical devices 10 available for monitoring by respective authorized users at the remote monitoring devices 62 , 70 , 75 .
  • FIG. 9B presents a first screen display 9320 to the remote monitoring devices 62 , 70 , 75 that provides an array of medical devices 10 available for monitoring according to device type. For example, in the screen display 9320 of FIG.
  • available device types include ventilators 9321 , urology devices 9322 , energy delivery devices 9323 , pulse oximeters 9324 , predictive thermometers 9325 , tympanic thermometers 9326 and food pumps 9327 .
  • Each of the device types 9321 - 9327 in FIG. 9B is presented with an identifying label (for example, label 9321 A) and an identifying image (for example, image 9321 B) for ease of recognition.
  • a second screen display 9330 as illustrated by FIG. 9C may preferably be transmitted by the outbound web server 43 for display at the remote monitoring devices 62 , 70 or 75 .
  • labels 9337 A are provided in association with images 9337 B in order to identify individual food pumps (for example, by patient and/or by logical or physical location).
  • Medical devices 10 that are unavailable may for example preferably be depicted with a label 9337 A′ (“Off Line”) and an image 9337 B′ (depicting the device with a slash or cross applied over the image or shaded or shadowed) that distinguish the unavailable medical devices 10 from available medical devices 10 .
  • a label 9337 A′ (“Off Line”)
  • an image 9337 B′ (depicting the device with a slash or cross applied over the image or shaded or shadowed) that distinguish the unavailable medical devices 10 from available medical devices 10 .
  • a third screen display 9340 as illustrated by FIG. 9D may preferably transmitted by the outbound web server 43 for display at the corresponding remote monitoring device 62 , 70 , 75 .
  • device information of the medical device 10 is displayed in a screen 9347 A preferably recreating a current screen generated and displayed by the medical device 10 .
  • the screen display 9340 includes any of a panel 9347 B providing identifying information for the medical device 10 (in this case, a pump location), a panel 9347 C for displaying a message indicating a current error condition of the pump, and an icon button 9347 D for selecting an alternate “status” mode of the screen display 9340 .
  • the screen display 9340 also includes a control icon button 9347 E for selecting a system set-up screen display, and a control icon button 9347 F for enabling device control from the remote monitoring device 62 .
  • the screen display 9340 may preferably be refreshed to include the medical devices screen 9347 A and one or more operable buttons that mimic the appearance of control buttons on the medical device.
  • the control button features are described in greater detail below in relation to FIGS. 10B and 10C .
  • FIGS. 9B , 9 C and 9 D are for illustration purposes only and that many other user screen images displays and interface tools may be utilized, for example, computer screens that depict accessible medical devices by other means than device type as illustrated in FIG. 9B .
  • FIG. 9D As a suitable alternative to the screen image 9340 of FIG. 9D that conveys information from a single medical device, it is possible to implement displays that provide information from multiple medical devices.
  • outbound web server 43 will preferably be operable to prepare display pages with encrypted medical device data for display on any of a wide variety of display devices (including, for example, workstations, personal computers, tablet devices including tablet computers, and display-based mobile devices including personal digital assistants, smartphones, portable game systems and the like.
  • display devices including, for example, workstations, personal computers, tablet devices including tablet computers, and display-based mobile devices including personal digital assistants, smartphones, portable game systems and the like.
  • the computer screen images to be available to first and second users of the first and second remote monitoring devices may be different depending upon whether such user is a clinician, nurse, patient relative or other caregiver, i.e., dependent on level of entitlement of the particular authorized user.
  • a display for a clinician at a first remote monitoring device 62 may enable the clinician to adjust the settings of a subject medical device 10 , in contrast to a display for a second remote monitoring device 70 , 75 used by a patient relative, which depicts only fundamental information from the medical device data with no option for the patient relative to adjust the medical device settings via the second remote monitoring device 70 , 75 .
  • different encryption methods or formats may be employed for medical device data transmitted to the first remote monitoring device 62 than the second remote monitoring device 70 , 75 .
  • FIG. 10A presents a flow diagram illustrating a method 1000 for issuing a command to a medical device 10 via the system 100 according to FIG. 1 .
  • the method 1000 begins at step 1002 with an authorized user adjusts an operating parameter, such as a clinician (also referred to as a “authorized clinician” or “user” herein) logging into the outbound web server 43 using a first remote monitoring device 62 and navigating to the device screen display 9340 of FIG. 9D (for example, as described above with reference to FIGS. 9A-9D ).
  • a clinician also referred to as a “authorized clinician” or “user” herein
  • the clinician proceeds to select the “Enable Full Control” button 9347 F of FIG.
  • patient authentication information provided by the clinician is forwarded by the outbound web server 43 to a patient care database node 60 according to a patient care database node address stored by the metadata and applications database 46 in association with the clinician, and the clinician is authenticated for the patient by the outbound web server 43 upon receipt of an authentication confirmed message from the patient care database node 60 .
  • a control request is forwarded by the outbound web server 43 at step 1008 to the secure device web server 42 to be logged in the information record of the device control database 44 that is associated with the medical device 10 (and optionally, with an anonymous ID for the patient).
  • the secure device web server forwards the control request, such as an encrypted control request, to the device integration server 41 , which transmits an associated device control command over the secure WWAN 52 for receipt by an associated wireless relay module 30 at step 1012 .
  • the wireless relay module 30 wirelessly communicates the command to the medical device 10 via an associated device interface 15 , and awaits a reply confirming execution of the command transmitted by the device interface 15 .
  • the device integration server 41 receives an update message from the wireless relay module 30 via the secure WWAN 52 which confirms that the command was executed by the medical device 10 .
  • the device integration server 41 forwards the update message to the secure device web server 42 to be logged in the information record of the device control database 44 that is associated with the medical device 10 .
  • the secure device web server 42 forwards information pertaining to the update message to the outbound web server 43 , and the outbound web server 43 prepares an updated display screen that is securely transmitted to the remote monitoring device 62 to indicate that the command has been executed.
  • the authenticated clinician may select the “System Setup” control icon button 9347 E to perform a command other than an operational command directed to the medical device 10 .
  • FIG. 10B illustrates a display screen 1050 that is presented to the clinician upon selecting the control icon button 9347 E.
  • the display screen 1050 includes a number of icon buttons that may be selected by the clinician (for example, as the result of a mouse-over or mouse-click initiated by the clinician) to select a specific setup command.
  • icon button 1051 may be selected to initiate a command for providing identification information of the medical device 10 .
  • Icon button 1052 may be selected to provide text paging in response to an alert condition, as is further described herein.
  • Icon button 1053 may be selected to initiate a software or firmware download for updating the medical device 10 .
  • Icon button 1054 may be selected to initiate a diagnostic test of the medical device 10 .
  • FIG. 10C illustrates a display screen 1060 that may be displayed to the clinician upon selection of the icon button 1054 .
  • the clinician may select one or more of (including a progression of) a series of diagnostic tests 1061 directed to components of the medical device (for example, including power components, memory components, alarm components and the like).
  • the clinician may select one or more of a series of performance statistics 1062 to be gathered and displayed (for example, including various device error statistics such as feed error, rotor error and flush error rates for a food pump).
  • the clinician may select a version number test 1063 to obtain version identifying information for the software and/or firmware (preferably including, for example, a software and/or firmware download history).
  • a version number test 1063 to obtain version identifying information for the software and/or firmware (preferably including, for example, a software and/or firmware download history).
  • processes for performing the diagnostic tests 1061 , preparing the performance statistics 1062 and identifying the software and/or firmware version number 1063 may run automatically without specifically being selected by the clinician, with a complete reporting of all results on the display screen.
  • a bandwidth priority command or instruction to a relay module, such as relay module 30 of FIG. 1 , for the relay module to grant priority for relaying information received from a particular medical device relative to other medical devices that may send or receive communications via this relay module.
  • a critical care device such as a ventilator supporting the breathing function of a patient relative to a weight scale or thermometer.
  • bandwidth priority levels assignable to respective medical devices based upon, for example, the critical nature of the data or function provided by such devices.
  • icon button 1055 may be selected to enable the clinician to specify data transfer rates, priorities and other parameters relating to the wireless transceiver of the interface device associated with the medical device.
  • Icon button 1056 may be selected to provide the clinician with the an alarm history, event history and other information as has been logged for example for the medical device in the device control database 44 of FIG. 1 .
  • the method 1000 for remotely issuing a command to a medical device 10 was described with respect to a user of a first remote monitoring device 62 and not a user of the second remote monitoring 70 , 75 because as described for example throughout this application, it is assumed that the user of the first remote monitoring device 62 is a clinician, technician or other highly-skilled healthcare professionals, while the user of the second remote monitoring device 70 , 75 may be a patient relative or caregiver of lesser skill. Nevertheless, the method 1000 is likewise useable to enable a user of the second monitoring device 70 , 75 to also control particular settings of the medical device 10 .
  • FIG. 11A presents a flow diagram illustrating a method 1100 for recognizing and reporting an alert condition according to medical device data (including the status of the facility-oriented network 17 ) logged via the system 100 according to FIG. 1 .
  • the method 1100 begins at step 1102 with the transmission of an alert message by a wireless relay module 30 over the secure WAN 52 to the device integration server 41 .
  • the wireless relay module 30 is configured to analyze (such as by detecting flag or status information or comparing message data to information stored in an associated database) a message type of a message transmitted by an associated medical device 10 to determine that the message is an alert message, and to transmit the message to the device integration server 41 upon determining that the message is an alert message (for example, as a priority message).
  • the wireless relay module 30 may simply queue all messages for transmission to the device integration server 41 in order upon receipt, and rely upon the device integration server 41 to analyze an associated message type to determine that a message is an alert message.
  • the device integration server 41 Upon determining that the transmitted message is an alert message, the device integration server 41 proceed, at step 1103 , to log the message in the device control database 44 , and at step 1104 , invokes a text messaging application that retrieves text messaging numbers associated with identifying information of the medical device 10 and/or anonymous patient identifying information.
  • the determination of whether the transmitted message is an alert message may be carried out by, for example, detecting an alert flag or trigger identifier in the message or scanning the message for other information indicative of an alert condition.
  • the text messaging application may preferably retrieve the text messaging numbers by querying the metadata and applications database 46 to identify the address of an associated patient care database node 60 , and either making a direct request or instructing the outbound web server 43 to request the text messaging numbers from the associated patient care database node 60 .
  • the device integration server 41 sends one or more messages including the retrieved text messaging numbers and text message information according to the alert message to one or more wireless relay modules 30 over the secure WWAN 52 .
  • the one or more wireless relay modules 30 transmit the text message information addressed to the text messaging numbers over one or more of the secure WWAN 52 and/or the facility-oriented wireless network 17 to complete the method 1100 .
  • FIG. 11B illustrates a “Text Paging” 1052 screen display 1150 that may be invoked, for example, by using the method 1000 of FIG. 10A for issuing a command to a medical device 10 .
  • the text paging screen 1150 is displayed at the first remote monitoring device 62 of an authenticated clinician upon the clinician's selection of the “System Setup” icon button 9347 e of the screen display 9340 , and thereafter upon the clinician's selection go the “Text Paging” icon button of the screen display 1050 .
  • the “Text Paging” screen display 1150 include a listing of one or more names 1151 of individuals responsible for responding to alert messages of at least two types: “Error Messages” 1153 , which may for example indicate a malfunction of the medical device 10 , and/or “Info Messages” 1154 , which may for example indicate a significant patient health condition (for example, a patient respiration rate below a preset minimum rate specified for a ventilator device 9321 of FIG. 9B ).
  • the information retrieved by the outbound web server 43 to prepare this display is preferable retrieved from the patient care database node 60 , by providing on one or more of identifying information for the medical device 10 and/or anonymous patient identifying information stored in the device control database 44 .
  • the information provided on the “Text Paging” screen display may be retrieved by the device integration server 41 by querying the metadata and applications server 46 to retrieve address information for the patient care database node 60 , and forwarding a text paging information request to the patient care database node 60 based upon one or more of identifying information for the medical device 10 and/or anonymous patient identifying information stored in the device control database 44 .
  • the recognition of whether the received message from the medical device 10 is an alert message may be carried out by, for example, detecting an alert flag or trigger identifier in the message or scanning the message for other information indicative of an alert condition.
  • alerts may be communicated in other ways including email, audio messages via telephone calls, as well as any other wired and/or wireless text, audio, or multimedia based communication services receivable by, for example, by a smart phone or computer tablet software application or “App.”
  • FIG. 12 shows an illustrative computer system 1200 suitable for implementing server and computer components (for example, including device integration server 41 , secure device web server 42 , outbound web server 43 , and secure patient web server 64 ).
  • the computer system 1200 as described herein may comprise, for example, a personal computer running the WINDOWS operating system, or a server computer running, WINDOWS Server, LINUX or another UNIX-based operating system.
  • the computer system 1200 described herein may comprise a mobile device, tablet devices or computers, or information appliance running, for example, an operating system in the group including Symbian, Android, Apple iOS, Blackberry, Microsoft Windows Phone, Linux, Palm/HP WebOS, BADA, MAEMO and MEEGO.
  • the above-described methods carried out by the server and computer components may be implemented on the computer system 1200 as stored program control instructions directed to control application software.
  • Computer system 1200 includes processor 1210 , memory 1220 , storage device 1230 and input/output devices 1240 .
  • One of the input/output devices 1240 may preferably include a display 1245 .
  • Some or all of the components 1210 , 1220 , 1230 and 1240 may be interconnected by a system bus 1250 .
  • Processor 1210 may be single or multi-threaded, and may have one or more cores.
  • Processor 1210 executes instructions which, in the disclosed embodiments, are the steps described, for example, in one or more of FIG. 8 , 9 A, 10 A or 11 A. These instructions may be stored in one or more of memory 1220 or in storage device 1230 . Information may be received and output using one or input/output devices 1240 .
  • Memory 1220 may store information and may comprise a computer-readable medium, such as volatile or non-volatile memory.
  • Storage device 1230 may provide storage for system 1200 including for the example, the previously described database, and may be a computer-readable medium.
  • storage device 1230 may be one or more of a flash memory device, a floppy disk drive, a hard disk device, and optical disk device, and/or a tape device.
  • Input devices 1240 may provide input/output operations for system 1200 .
  • Input/output devices 1240 may include one or more of a keyboard, a pointing device, and/or microphone.
  • Input/output devices 1240 may further include a display unit for displaying graphical user interfaces, a speaker and a printer and any of a number of other serial devices (for example, configured as Universal Serial Bus (USB)-based devices

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Computing Systems (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Alarm Systems (AREA)
  • Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)
  • Measuring And Recording Apparatus For Diagnosis (AREA)

Abstract

Systems and methods for communication include one or more wireless relay devices having a first receiver capable of wirelessly receiving medical device data over a wireless relay network from at least one network device, a first transmitter capable of wirelessly transmitting data over an internet-accessible wireless communications network and a second transmitter capable of wirelessly transmitting medical device data to a second medical device or a wireless relay module over the wireless relay network. Patient identification information can be obtained and/or communicated.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/308,881 filed Jun. 19, 2014, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/241,620 filed Sep. 23, 2011, now. U.S. Pat. No. 8,798,527 which is a continuation-in-part of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/006,769 filed Jan. 14, 2011.
  • This application is also a continuation of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/352,575 filed Jan. 18, 2012, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/241,620 filed Sep. 23, 2011 now. U.S. Pat. No. 8,798,527 which is a continuation-in-part of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/006,769 filed Jan. 14, 2011.
  • This application is also a continuation of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/352,575 filed Jan. 18, 2012, which is a continuation-in-part of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/006,769 filed Jan. 14, 2011.
  • This application is also a continuation of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/334,447 filed Dec. 22, 2011, which is a continuation-in-part of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/006,769 filed Jan. 14, 2011.
  • This application is also a continuation of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/334,459 filed Dec. 22, 2011, which is a continuation-in-part of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/006,769 filed Jan. 14, 2011.
  • This application is also a continuation application of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/353,565 filed Jan. 19, 2012, which is a continuation-in-part of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/334,463 filed Dec. 22, 2011 and a continuation-in-part of application of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/006,769 filed Jan. 14, 2011.
  • This application is also a continuation application of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/352,608 filed Jan. 18, 2012, which is a continuation application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/037,886 filed Mar. 1, 2011 now U.S. Pat. No. 8,694,600.
  • This application is also a continuation application of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/154,285 filed Jan. 14, 2014, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/037,886 filed Mar. 1, 2011 now U.S. Pat. No. 8,694,600.
  • This application is also a continuation of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/006,769 filed Jan. 14, 2011.
  • This application is also a continuation of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/006,784 filed Jan. 14, 2011.
  • This application is also a continuation of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/334,463 filed Dec. 22, 2011.
  • All patent applications listed in this section and listed in this document are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
  • FIELD
  • The present application is directed to systems and methods for communicating between a series of medical devices and remote monitoring devices, and more particularly, to a wireless relay module for receiving communications from and transmitting communications to medical devices via a wireless relay network, and for transferring the communications received from the remote monitoring devices via an internet-accessible wireless communications network.
  • BACKGROUND
  • In critical care and home care health service centers including hospitals, clinics, assisted living centers and the like, care giver-patient interaction time is at a premium. Moreover, response times by care givers to significant health conditions and events can be critical. Systems of centralized monitoring have been developed to better manage care giver time and patient interaction. In such systems, medical data from each patient is transmitted to a centralized location. At this centralized location, a single or small number of technicians monitor all of this patient information to determine patient status. Information indicating a patient alarm condition will cause the technicians and/or system to communicate with local care givers to provide immediate patient attention, for example via wireless pagers and/or cell phones, and/or by making a facility-wide audio page.
  • Implementing such centralized monitoring systems using wireless networks may present a number of difficulties. In order to effectively monitor patient status using information provided by a variety of medical devices that may be dynamically assigned to patients in a variety of rooms and on a variety of floors in a facility, it would be desirable to establish communications between the medical devices and the centralized location by means of a local area network such as, for example, a “WiFi” network based on IEEE 802.11 standards. However, as such networks are typically already in place in facilities to support a variety of other functions (for example, physician access to electronic medical records (EMRs), facility administrative systems and other functions), it is often undesirable to secure sufficient local area network access for the purpose of providing centralized monitoring. Moreover, when a patient is located remotely from a critical care health service center (for example, at home), access to traditional local area network facilities such as a WiFi network may be unavailable or not sufficiently reliable to support critical care monitoring applications.
  • SUMMARY
  • The present disclosure is directed to a wireless relay module for providing networked communications between a series of medical devices and remote monitoring devices. In accordance with embodiments of the disclosed technology, one or more medical devices (including but not limited to including for example, respirators, external feeding devices, pulse oximeters, blood pressure monitors, pulse monitors, weight scales and glucose meters) are provided at a patient facility. An interface circuit is coupled to each medical device, and is configured for communicating with at least one of a plurality of the wireless relay modules via a wireless relay network and/or with other medical devices. The wireless relay modules and medical devices are advantageously further configured to communicate with a remote monitoring device over an internet-accessible wireless communication network, and preferably, a wireless wide-area network (WWAN) such as a mobile telephone data network including (for example, based on a Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) cellular network or associated wireless data channels). Also, for compliance for example with HIPAA regulations, communications over each of the wireless networks are preferably conducted securely.
  • Systems and methods for providing communications between a medical device to be used by a patient and a remote monitoring device via an internet-accessible wireless communications network include obtaining identification information identifying the patient, obtaining identification information identifying the medical device transmitting each of the patient identification information and the medical device identification information to the remote monitoring device via the internet-accessible wireless communications network, receiving an acknowledgement status from the remote monitoring device via the internet-accessible wireless communications network; and transmitting data corresponding to an output of at least one sensor of the medical device for said patient by the medical device via the internet-accessible wireless communications network when the received acknowledgement status represents a particular status.
  • In a further aspect, the concepts, systems and techniques described herein are directed toward network architectures for providing networked communications between a series of medical devices and remote monitoring devices. In accordance with one illustrative embodiment, one or more medical devices including, for example, enteral feeding devices and systems, thermometers, pulse oximeters, respirators, blood pressure monitors, pulse monitors, weight scales and glucose meters) are provided at a patient facility. An interface circuit is coupled to each medical device, and is configured for communicating with one of a plurality of wireless relay modules via a wireless relay network. The wireless relay modules are further configured to communicate with a remote monitoring device over an internet-accessible wireless communication network, and preferably, a wireless wide-area network (WWAN) such as a mobile telephone data network, e.g. 3G or 4G network. Also, for compliance for example with HIPAA regulations, communications over each of the wireless networks are preferably conducted securely.
  • Each of the plurality of wireless relay modules includes a receiver capable of wirelessly receiving medical device data from respective interface circuits via the wireless relay network, a first transmitter capable of wirelessly transmitting medical device data to another one of the wireless relay modules over the wireless relay network, a second transmitter capable of wirelessly transmitting data over an internet-accessible wireless communications network; and a controller coupled to the first and second transmitters. The controller is configured to determine access status of the internet-accessible wireless communications network, and to select one of the first or second transmitters based on that status. For example, when the status indicates that the internet-accessible wireless communications network is accessible to the wireless relay module, the controller selects the second transmitter for transmitting medical device data transmitted by the interface circuit to the internet-accessible wireless communications network. When the status indicates that the internet-accessible wireless communications network is not accessible, the controller selects the first transmitter for transmitting the medical device data to another one of the wireless relay modules. In this manner, additional attempts to transmit the medical device data over the internet-accessible wireless communication network can be attempted by this other wireless relay module (and potentially additional ones of the wireless relay modules) until a successful transmission is achieved.
  • The wireless relay module may also advantageously communicate its status and the status of other wireless relay modules via the wireless relay network and over the internet-accessible wireless communications network. In addition, the wireless relay module may further include a second receiver for receiving data and commands from the internet-accessible wireless communications network for communicating to specific interface circuits and corresponding medical devices.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • The subject of this disclosure will become more readily apparent from the Detailed Description, which proceeds with reference to the drawings, in which:
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram of an embodiment of a medical device network architecture that incorporates a wireless relay module.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram of an embodiment medical device network architecture that incorporates a wireless relay module.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram of an embodiment medical device network architecture that incorporates a wireless relay module.
  • FIG. 1D is a perspective diagram of a personal enclosure for a medical device and/or a relay device.
  • FIG. 2A is a network diagram of a network including medical devices and/or relay devices.
  • FIG. 2B is a network diagram of a network including medical devices and/or relay devices.
  • FIGS. 3A-3D are block diagrams of embodiments of relay devices.
  • FIGS. 3E-3G are top, front, and side views of a relay device.
  • FIG. 3H is a diagram of a control panel associated with a relay device.
  • FIG. 3I is a diagram of a control panel associated with a relay device.
  • FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B are flow diagrams of processes for transmitting medical device data.
  • FIG. 4C is flow diagram of a process including determining module status.
  • FIG. 4D is a flow diagram of a process including determining WWAN status.
  • FIG. 4E is a flow diagram of a process including determining WLAN/WPAN status.
  • FIG. 4F is a flow diagram of a process including initiating a call to an emergency responder.
  • FIG. 4G is a flow diagram of a process including producing location data.
  • FIG. 4H is a table diagram of priority codes.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow diagram of a process including determining whether an interface device is accessible.
  • FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B are flow diagrams including producing an alert.
  • FIG. 6C is a flow diagram including transmitting a power alarm.
  • FIG. 6D is a flow diagram including transmitting a low battery alarm.
  • FIG. 7A is a flow diagram including sending a heartbeat request to a medical device.
  • FIG. 7B is a flow diagram including initiating patient/device synchronization.
  • FIG. 7C is a flow diagram including adding patient information to a local directory.
  • FIG. 8 is a flow diagram including logging in to a device set-up screen.
  • FIG. 9A is a flow diagram including displaying a list of active devices available.
  • FIGS. 9B-9D are screen displays for retrieving and viewing the medical data.
  • FIG. 10A is a flow diagram illustrating a method for issuing a command to a medical device via the remote monitoring system.
  • FIGS. 10B and 10C are screen displays for commanding a medical device.
  • FIG. 11A is a flow diagram illustrating a method for recognizing and reporting an alert condition according to medical data logged via the remote monitoring.
  • FIG. 11B is a screen display for selecting a recipient for receiving an alert message.
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a computer or server device suitable for use in the remote monitoring system.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Reference will now be made in detail to embodiments of systems, apparatuses, and methods for communicating medical data, including the best modes contemplated by the inventors. Examples of these embodiments are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. While the systems, apparatuses, and methods are described in conjunction with these embodiments, it will be understood that it is not intended to limit the claims to the described embodiments. Rather, the claims are also intended to cover alternatives, modifications, and equivalents as may be included within the spirit and scope of the claims.
  • In the following description, specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the technology disclosed. The technology may be practiced without some or all of these specific details. In other instances, well-known aspects have not been described in detail in order not to unnecessarily obscure the description of the technology.
  • In this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Further described herein is a network architecture for centralized monitoring of medical devices using wireless relay networks and/or internet-accessible wireless communications networks having emergency call functionality to provide a secondary level of protection when significant health conditions occur. The architecture in addition enables the approximate location of the monitored medical devices to be determined.
  • A schematic diagram of an architecture 100 for a system for monitoring medical devices is illustrated in FIG. 1. One or more medical devices 10 are provided at a patient facility 20 for monitoring the medical condition and/or administering medical treatment to one or more patients. Patient facility 20 may comprise a critical care health service center (for example, including hospitals, clinics, assisted living centers and the like) servicing a number of patients, a home facility for servicing one or more patients, or a personal enclosure (for example, a backpack) that may attached to and/or be worn by an ambulatory patient. Associated with each medical device 10 is an interface circuit 15 that includes a transceiver having one or more of a transmitter and/or a receiver for respectively transmitting and receiving signals in a facility-oriented wireless network such as, for example, a Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks or “LR-WPAN,” ZIGBEE network or other low-power personal area networks such as a low power BLUETOOTH network, e.g. Bluetooth 4.0, existing or presently under development or consideration, for emulating a mesh network (such as ZIGBEE network) or otherwise. See, e.g., ZIGBEE Wireless Sensor Applications for Health, Wellness and Fitness, the ZIGBEE Alliance, March 2009, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety, for all purposes. See, also, Nick Hunn, Essentials of Short-Range Wireless, Cambridge University Press, 2010, which is also incorporated by reference herein in its entirety; See also Honda Labiod et al., Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Zigbee and WiMax, Springer 2010, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 1, a suitable access point 40 may include an inbound web server 41 that incorporates or otherwise has access to a transceiver for communicating with the relay modules 30 a over the WWAN. Medical device data received by the inbound web server 41 over the WWAN is forwarded to a secure data storage server 42, which is configured for example to log the received data in association with identification information of the associated medical devices. As was previously described infra, “medical device data” and “data” as generally used herein means data from or about the medical device including, for example, medical device identification, medical device software, medical device settings or status information (including alarm information and/or alarm priority), patient identification information, patient personal identification number(s) “PIN(s)”, patient prescriptions, and/or patient medical and/or physiological data as is collected, produced and/or generated by the medical device.
  • An outbound web server 43 (which may be associated with access point 40) is configured, for example, to receive and qualify data retrieval requests submitted by one or more of remote monitoring devices 61, 62 and 63 over a broad-band network 50 (for example, over the Internet), to request associated medical device data to be retrieved from the secure data storage server 42, and to format and transmit the retrieved data to the one or more remote monitoring devices 61, 62 and 63 for display on associated device displays. It should be understood that any architecture for the access point 40 that enables the receipt, storage and retrieval of medical device data on a device display of the one or more remote monitoring devices 61, 62 and 63 is intended to be included within the scope of the technology disclosed here. Variations of the architecture may involve utilizing a web server integrated with a data storage server. For example, storage server 42 may be integrated into the outbound web server 43. Further alternative configurations may for example involve a plurality of mirror storage servers 42 each storing medical device data, and accessible as a plurality of outbound web servers 43.
  • For compliance with HIPAA regulations, communications over each of the facility-oriented wireless network and WWAN are preferably conducted securely using, for example, using a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol or a Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol.
  • Referring to FIG. 1B, a diagram of another embodiment of a system 100B for monitoring medical devices is illustrated. Some or all of the elements shown in FIG. 1B may be the same as or similar to the elements in FIG. 1. One or more medical devices 10 are provided at a patient facility 20 for monitoring the medical condition and/or administering medical treatment to one or more patients. Patient facility 20 may comprise a critical care health service center (for example, including hospitals, clinics, assisted living centers and the like) servicing a number of patients, a home facility for servicing one or more patients, or a personal enclosure (for example, a backpack) that may be attached to or worn by an ambulatory patient. Examples of medical devices include, but are not limited to, include ventilators, urology devices, energy delivery devices, pulse oximeters, predictive thermometers, tympanic thermometers, patient electrodes, and food pumps.
  • Associated with each medical device 10 is an interface circuit 15 that includes a transceiver having one or more of a transmitter and/or a receiver for respectively transmitting and receiving signals in a facility-oriented wireless network 17 such as, for example, a Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks or “LR-WPAN,” ZIGBEE network or another low-power personal area network such as a low power Bluetooth network, existing or presently under development or consideration. See, e.g., Houda Labiod et al., Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Zigbee and WiMax, Springer 2010, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. It should be understood that interface circuit 15 may be contained within or disposed external to medical device 10.
  • Also provided within the patient facility 20 are one or more relay modules 30 a. Each relay module 30 a may include a first transceiver for receiving signals from and transmitting signals to the interface circuits 15 in the facility-oriented wireless network 17, and further include a second transceiver for wirelessly transmitting signals to and receiving signals from an access point 40 via a wireless wide-area network (“WWAN”) 52. Suitable WWANs include, for example, networks based on a Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) cellular network or associated with the 2G, 3G, 3G Long Term Evolution, 4G, WiMAX cellular wireless standards of the International Telecommunication Union Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R). See, e.g., Vijay Garg, Wireless Communications & Networking, Morgan Kaufmann 2007, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. For compliance with HIPAA regulations, communications over each of the facility-oriented wireless network and WWAN are preferably conducted securely using, for example, a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol or a Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol or other cryptographic protocols.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 1B, the access point 40 includes an inbound server (“device integration server”) 41 that incorporates or otherwise has access to a transceiver for communicating with the relay modules 30 a over the WWAN. Medical device data, medical device identifier, and/or patient identifier received by the device integration server 41 over the WWAN is forwarded to a secure device web server 45, which is configured for example to log the received data in association with identification information of the associated medical devices in a device control database 44. “Medical device data” as generally used herein includes data from or about the medical device including, for example, medical device identification, medical device software, medical device settings or status information (including alarm information and/or alarm priority), patient identification information, patient personal identification number(s) “PIN(s)”, patient prescriptions, and/or patient medical and/or physiological data as is collected, produced and/or generated by at least one of the medical device and patient identification device; as well as wireless relay network information such as location or status information.
  • An outbound web server 43 is configured, for example, to receive and qualify data retrieval requests submitted by one or more of first remote monitoring devices 62 over a broad-band network 50 (for example, over the Internet), and/or second remote monitoring devices 73, 75 over a wired or wireless wide area network. It is advantageous for such requests be made in an encrypted format. Suitable encryption formats useable for such requests may include, for example, formats compliant with the HIPAA regulations described above. For each qualified request, the outbound web server 43 requests associated medical device data or portions thereof to be retrieved from the device control database 44 via the secure device web server 45, requests associated program data for constructing a display page from a metadata and applications database 46, and requests associated patient data to be retrieved from a patient database 66 provided in a patient care database node 60 over a secure link 54 via a secure patient web server 64. The secure link 54 can be implemented, for example as another WWAN using a SSL protocol or a TLS protocol. By separating medical device data and patient data to be respectively stored and managed by access point 40 and patient care database node 60, certain economies of scale can be achieved by configuring the access point 40 to support a number of different patient care facilities each maintaining its own secure patient care database node 60 to ensure privacy and control of its associated patient data.
  • In this case, for example, a third party service provider may host the access point 40 to simultaneously support a number of distinct patient and/or home care facilities, thereby eliminating the need for each of these facilities to configure and maintain their own private access point facilities and providing hosting service to each facility that are likely far less than the costs of configuring and maintaining dedicated access point facilities by each care facility provider. It should be noted however that access point 40 and patient care database node 60 may nevertheless be integrated into a single access point or node (for example, by a provider of a very large-scale facility provider monitoring many hundreds or thousands of patients). In either case, and as further described herein, the outbound web server 43 provides an interface for authenticated clinicians or other monitoring personnel to retrieve patient and medical device data from each of the patient care database node 60 and the access point 40 in a convenient and transparent manner such that the details of the configurations and operation of the access point 40 and patient care database node 60 are of no consequence to the clinicians or other monitoring personnel.
  • The first remote monitoring devices 67 are intended to be used by healthcare providers such for example, clinicians, physicians, technicians, nurses and other healthcare specialists monitoring patients associated with medical devices 10. Suitable first remote monitoring devices 67 may include, for example, desktop or laptop computers, tablet computer smart or other mobile phones, or other fixed or portable display devices. The second remote monitoring devices 73, 75 are advantageously intended to be used by caregivers and/or relatives of the patient such as parents, located proximate the patient such as in a homecare environment or small healthcare facility, or nurses at a larger healthcare facilities, e.g., hospitals. Suitable second remote monitoring devices 73, 75 likewise may include, for example, desktop or laptop computers, tablet computer, smart or other mobile phones, or other fixed or other portable communication devices.
  • In addition, the outbound web server 43 is depicted coupled to a network status server 80, which monitors the status of the facility-oriented wireless network 17 and associated medical devices 10. The network status server 80 is intended to provide status information concerning the facility-oriented wireless network 17 and associated medical devices 10 to the outbound web server 43. Status information concerning the facility-oriented wireless network 17 includes, for example, signal strength, data rates, particular transmission time stamps between modules comprising the network 17, number active relay modules in the network 17, unique identifier number for a particular relay module of the network 17.
  • The network status server 80 may be implemented in hardware or software running on an application specific or general purpose processor or computer, as part of or separate from the outbound web server 43. In addition, the network status server 80 is shown coupled to the outbound web server 43 for ease of illustration and discussion purposes only. The network status server 80 may be coupled to any component or network of the access point 40 or facility-oriented wireless network 17.
  • In FIG. 1B, upon retrieving the requested medical device data and patient data from the patient care database node 60, the outbound web server 43 then proceeds to format and transmit the retrieved medical device data and patient data (and/or provide status information concerning the facility-oriented wireless network 17 and associated medical devices 10) as respective webpages or other formats for display by corresponding first and second remote monitoring devices 67, 73, 75 according to the retrieved program data. It is possible for the webpages or other formatted information for display to include the same or differing content and format for the intended remote monitoring device user depending upon the retrieved program data. For example, the detailed medical device data provided to and displayed on a first remote monitoring devices 67 for a clinician may differ from the less detailed information provided to and displayed on a second remote monitoring devices 73 monitored by a parent or visiting nurse or other healthcare professional in a homecare environment. The status information concerning the facility-oriented wireless network 17 and associated medical devices 10 may advantageously be provided to first and/or second remote monitoring devices 67, 73 and 75 in the same or different encrypted formats as may be deemed appropriate.
  • In addition, and as will be further described herein, the device integration server 41 of FIG. 1B is configured to transmit information and commands to the relay modules 30 a, for example, for transmitting medical device or alert messages to other WWAN-reachable nodes (for example, cellular telephones of emergency attendants), and/or transmitting operating commands and/or software or firmware updates to the medical devices 10 via the interface circuits 15 and facility-oriented wireless network 17.
  • Further, in addition to monitoring and sending commands to medical devices, the device integration server 41 may also be configured to receive and analyze patient metric information from the secure patient web server 64 via the outbound web server 43 and secure device web server 45, or by an alternate and direct secure data link to the secure patient web server 64 in order to prevent unsafe medical device usage based upon the patient metrics information. It is possible for a database (not depicted) accessible, for example, by the device integration server 41 and/or device web server 45, to store various safe and unsafe operating parameters and conditions for performing such analysis. In this manner, the device integration server 41 would function as an additional failsafe for preventing operating errors that could result in patient harm.
  • For example, in the case that the patient metric information indicates that an enteral feeding pump is associated with a neonate, the device integration server 41 may act, for example, to (1) discard remote monitoring commands programming large bolus or excessive feeding rates that could be harmful to a young child; and (2) provide a warning message or other notification to the user of the likely unsafe usage condition that may result by implementation of such comment. Alternatively, if the patient metric information indicates that a specific feeding rate or bolus amount has been prescribed by a doctor or clinician, then the device integration server may act to discard remote monitoring commands programming a rate or bolus that deviates from the prescription.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 1C, another embodiment of an architecture 100C may further include one or more wireless patient identification devices 17 in communication with one or more of the relay modules 30 a and/or medical devices 10 in proximity to the patient identification device 17 via the interface circuits 15 and 17 a operating over the facility-oriented wireless network. Alternatively, a wireless patient identification receiver may be integrated with each medical device 10, and access the facility-oriented wireless network via an associated interface circuit 15. The wireless patient identification devices 17 each receive patient identification data from a patient in proximity to the device 17 that uniquely identifies the patient using one of a variety of commercially-available sensors. For example, each patient identification device 17 may include a camera or other optical scanner and associated circuitry for sensing a barcode (for example, a UPC code or a QR matrix barcode) attached to or otherwise uniquely associated with a patient, such as a patient's wristband. Alternatively, each patient identification receiver 17 may include a radio-frequency identification (RFID) sensor and associated circuitry for sensing an RFID tag embedded in the patient wristband, or another commercially-available radio-frequency sensor capable of sensing an identification signal generated by a radio-frequency transmitter embedded in the patient wristband or otherwise provided as attached to or in proximity to the patient. Finally, each device 17 may in addition or instead include a commercially-available biometric sensor and associated circuitry for patient identification (for example, including one or more of a fingerprint reader, a retinal scanner or a vein-pattern scanner).
  • For improved efficiencies in centralized monitoring of critical care and home care health service centers, it may be desirable to provide a single “off-site” centralized monitoring location for monitoring several geographically-dispersed critical care health service centers. The architecture 100 of FIG. 1A has a suitable access point 40 that includes an inbound web server 41 that incorporates or otherwise has access to a transceiver for communicating with the relay modules 30 a over the WWAN. Medical device data received by the inbound web server 41 over the WWAN is forwarded to a secure data storage server 42, which is configured for example to log the received data in association with identification information of the associated medical devices. An outbound web server 43 is configured, for example, to receive and qualify data retrieval requests submitted by one or more of remote monitoring devices 61, 62 and 63 over a broad-band network 50 (for example, over the Internet), to request associated medical device data to be retrieved from the secure data storage server 42, and to format and transmit the retrieved medical device data to the one or more remote monitoring devices 61, 62 and 63 for display on associated device displays. It should be understood that any architecture for the access point 40 that enables the receipt, storage and retrieval of medical device data on a device display of the one or more remote monitoring devices 61, 62 and 63 is suitable for use in conjunction with the disclosed concepts.
  • As was previously described infra, “medical device data” and “data” as generally used herein means data from or about the medical device including, for example, medical device identification, medical device software, medical device settings or status information (including alarm information and/or alarm priority), patient identification information, patient personal identification number(s) “PIN(s)”, patient prescriptions, and/or patient medical and/or physiological data as is collected, produced and/or generated by at least one of the medical device and patient identification device.
  • Thus, and as will be further described herein, the remote monitoring system of FIG. 1C is capable of obtaining patient identification information to be associated with a particular medical device, securely transmitting the patient identification information with medical device identification information of the associated medical device to verify that the association of the patient with the medical device is authorized, and beginning operation of the medical device and monitoring of medical data generated by the medical device once authorization has been received.
  • FIG. 1D illustrates a backpack 70 as may be suitable for use as a personal enclosure. The backpack 70 includes a pouch 71 for housing a relay module 30 a, a pouch 72 for housing a power and charging circuit 39 d for providing power to the relay module 30 a, and a power cord 39 e for supplying power from the power and charging circuit 39 d to the relay module 30 a. As depicted, the power and charging circuit 39 d includes a battery compartment 39 f, and a charging circuit (not shown) and a power cord 39 g for providing external commercial AC power to the power and charging circuit 39 d in order to charge batteries in the battery compartment 39 f. One of ordinary skill in the art will readily appreciate that the backpack 70 provides but one of a number of suitable backpack arrangements.
  • FIG. 2A presents a block diagram that further illustrates components of the inventive architecture that are located within or otherwise associated with the patient facility 20. In FIG. 2, a number of interface circuits 15 and relay modules 30, 30 a are arranged in a network 16, which may be a wireless relay network or mesh network 16 within the patient facility 20. It should be understood that network 16 is shown for illustration purposes only; other interface circuits 15 and relay modules 30, 30 a may communicate over other wireless relay networks that are the same as or similar to network 16 in the patient facility 20.
  • In FIG. 2, the interface circuits 15 and relay modules 30, 30 a are configured to communicate with one another via associated wireless links. In an embodiment represented in FIG. 2, the network 16 is a self-configurable mesh network and can also be a self-healing mesh network, for example a ZIGBEE compliant-mesh network based on the IEEE 802.15.4 standard. However, the wireless relay network 16 or additional wireless relay networks in the patient facility may be organized according to a variety of other wireless local area network (WLAN) or WPAN formats including, for example, WiFi WLANs based on the IEEE 802.11 standard and BLUETOOTH WPANs based on the IEEE 802.15.1 standard.
  • Each of the relay modules 30, 30 a includes at least one transceiver configured to communicate with other relay modules 30, 30 a in the wireless relay network 16. Relay modules 30 a also may include at least a second transceiver for communicating over the WWAN with the access point 40. As further described in greater detail with regard to FIG. 3A-3D, each relay module 30 and/or 30 a of FIG. 2A includes a first transceiver 31 for receiving signals from and transmitting signals to the interface circuits 15 in one or more of the facility-oriented wireless networks. Relay module 30 a, as depicted in FIG. 3A for example, corresponds to relay modules 30 or 30 a in FIG. 2A and may include a second transceiver 32 for wirelessly transmitting signals to and receiving signals from an access point 40 via a wireless wide-area network or “WWAN”. Suitable WWANs include, for example, networks based on a Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) cellular network or associated with the 2G, 3G, 3G Long Term Evolution, 4G, WiMAX cellular wireless standards of the International Telecommunication Union Radio communication Sector (ITU-R). Additional suitable WWANs include metropolitan area networks (MANs), campus area networks (CANs), local area networks (LANs), home area networks (HANs), personal area networks (PANs) and body area networks (BANs). It should be readily understood that the relay module 30 a may include additional transceivers for communicating with additional WWANs or additional facility-oriented wireless networks.
  • As shown in FIG. 2B, the architecture may further include one or more wireless patient identification devices 17 in communication with one or more of the relay modules 30 a and/or medical devices 10 in proximity to the patient identification device 17 via the interface circuits 15 and 17 a operating over the facility-oriented wireless network. Alternatively, a wireless patient identification receiver may be integrated with each medical device 10, and access the facility-oriented wireless network via an associated interface circuit 15. The wireless patient identification devices 17 each receive patient identification data from a patient in proximity to the device 17 that uniquely identifies the patient using one of a variety of commercially-available sensors. For example, each patient identification device 17 may include a camera or other optical scanner and associated circuitry for sensing a barcode (for example, a UPC code or a QR matrix barcode) attached to or otherwise uniquely associated with a patient, such as a patient's wristband. Alternatively, each patient identification receiver 17 may include a radio-frequency identification (RFID) sensor and associated circuitry for sensing an RFID tag embedded in the patient wristband, or another commercially-available radio-frequency sensor capable of sensing an identification signal generated by a radio-frequency transmitter embedded in the patient wristband or otherwise provided as attached to or in proximity to the patient. Finally, each device 17 may in addition or instead include a commercially-available biometric sensor and associated circuitry for patient identification (for example, including one or more of a fingerprint reader, a retinal scanner or a vein-pattern scanner).
  • In the illustrated wireless relay network 16, each of the interface circuits 15 includes a communications interface such as, for example, a wired or wireless communications interface, to an associated medical device 10. In addition, each of the relay modules 30, 30 a includes at least one transceiver configured to communicate with other relay modules 30, 30 a in the wireless relay network 16. Relay modules 30 a further include at least a second transceiver for communicating over the WWAN with the access point 40.
  • Each of the transceivers 31, 32 will typically include a mesh network transmitter (e.g. a ZIGBEE transmitter) for transmitting medical device data over one of the mesh network 16 or the WWAN, and a received for receiving medical device data transmitted over one of the mesh network 16 or the WWAN.
  • In accordance with IEEE 802.14.15, if the network 16 is a ZIGBEE mesh network then there is little risk that communications from more than one medical device will contend for simultaneous access to the network 16. The network 16 operates with a protocol in which a transmitting device checks for energy on a wireless bus component of the network 16. If the bus is in use, the transmitting device waits a preselected amount of time before checking again, and only proceeds to transfer data when the energy level suggests that no other transmission is actively underway on the wireless bus. Nevertheless, for circumstances in which data packets transmitted by the medical devices 10 arrive at a relay module 30, 30 a at nearly at the same time, there may be a need to manage an order of delivery by the relay module 30.
  • The representative ZIGBEE mesh network 16 provides the advantages of being self-configurable when one or more interface circuits 15 and/or relay modules 30, 30 a are added to the network, and self-healing when one or more interface circuits 15 and/or relay modules 30, 30 a are removed from or otherwise disabled in the network. Sub-groupings of the interface circuits 15 and relay modules 30, 30 a may be provided in a defined geographic space (for example, on an individual floor or within a region of a floor in a multi-floor home or care facility).
  • Referring to FIGS. 3A-3D, block diagrams illustrating components of embodiments of a relay module 30 a are shown. The relay module 30 a of FIG. 3A includes a first transceiver 31 for wirelessly communicating with interface circuits 15 and other relay modules 30, 30 a in the WLAN or WPAN network 16 of FIG. 2A via an antenna 31 a. A transceiver as contemplated in this description may include a receiver and/or transmitter. The relay module 30 a further includes a second transceiver 32 for wirelessly communicating with the access point 40 over the WWAN via an antenna 32 a. Each of the transceivers 31, 32 is in communication with a data processing circuit 33, which is configured to operate under the control of a processor 34 to accept data received by the transceivers 31, 32 and store the received data in a buffer element 35. One or more of the data processing circuit 33 and/or controller 34 may also preferably include commercially available encryption circuitry for encrypting data to be sent by the transceivers 31, 32 and to decrypt data received by the transceivers 31, 32, in accordance for example with HIPAA requirements. One or more of the data processing circuit 33 and/or controller 34 may also preferably include commercially available encryption circuitry for encrypting data to be sent by the transceivers 31, 32 and to decrypt data received by the transceivers 31, 32, in accordance for example with HIPAA requirements
  • Each rely module 30, 30 a is capable of communicating with a number of medical devices 10 over a period of time. It is possible that communications with some of the medical devices 10 are more time-critical with regard to patient safety than other. For example, consider communications with medical devices 10 including each of a thermometer, a feeding pump and a ventilator. In this case, communications with the ventilator would likely be most time-critical among the three medical devices, while communications with the thermometer might be least time-critical among the three medical devices.
  • According to an embodiment, the processor 34 is configured to determine whether the received medical device data indicates an emergency condition. This determination may be performed by the processor 34 in a number of ways. For example, the processor 34 may compare a condition code in the received medical device data to a condition table located in memory 35 b that, for example, includes one or more of corresponding codes for the emergency condition, a description of the emergency condition, symptoms of the emergency condition, an estimate of a future time at which the emergency condition may become harmful (or emergency condition harm time), rankings and/or weights for the emergency condition, related emergency conditions, physiological data (e.g., vital signs, blood pressure, pulse oximetry, ECG, temperature, glucose levels, respiration rate, weight, etc.) indicative of the medical condition, and so on. One form of the possible table is described with reference to FIG. 5C, which will be discussed below.
  • Longer term data storage may preferably be provided by a memory 35 b, for example storing instructions for the controller 34, data encryption/decryption software for one of more of the data processing circuit 33 and/or controller 34, a patient identification directory identifying patients using each of the medical devices 10, and the like.
  • The data in the condition table may be initially entered and/or periodically refreshed from a master store or central repository of emergency condition data, for example, maintained by a designated relay module 30, 30 a or other device accessible over one of the available networks. Associated emergency condition data may be periodically transmitted on a scheduled or as-needed basis, for example, from the access point 40 to each of the relay modules 30, 30 a. Additionally, polling may be carried out, for example, by the central repository to determine whether any of the relay modules has been provided with emergency condition data not available in the central repository. This emergency condition data may then periodically be transmitted to the central repository, and the central repository may in turn transmit the data to the other modules that may be missing such data. In this way, the exchange of information between the central repository and the relay modules is bidirectional, thus ensuring all modules and the central repository are synchronized with the same emergency condition data. To avoid conflicts, emergency condition data may be time stamped or provided with another indicator of data currency. If a central repository is not used, the modules may exchange emergency condition information between themselves to ensure each module is synchronized. Other embodiments are possible, for example, using multiple central repositories according to conditions monitored, geographic location, and the like.
  • According to one embodiment, rankings and/or weights may be applied by the processor 34 to assign priority to different emergency conditions and/or perform a triage. For example, the processor 34 on receipt of multiple pieces of medical device data from different transceivers located in the same geographic location or a number of different geographic locations could determine that one medical device requires more immediate medical attention than the others. The priority analysis may also be performed, for example, using the emergency condition harm times.
  • For example, consider a data packet from a ventilator indicating disconnection from a comatose patient, with possible fatality. In this case, the ventilator should be assigned priority for transmitting to one or more of remote monitoring devices 61, 62 and 63 (as shown in FIG. 1), while data transmissions from thermometer and pump are discontinued until a response to the data packet transmitted by the ventilator is received from one of the remote monitoring devices 61, 62 and 63. For example, the ventilator might be assigned a priority of 1, while the feeding pump is assigned a priority of 2 and the thermometer is assigned a priority of 3. The assigned priority is preferably indicated in each data packet transmitted by and to the medical devices, for example, as a “priority nibble.”
  • With reference to FIGS. 3 and 3A-3D, the processor 34 may be configured to read the priority nibble from each received data packet, and to instruct the data processing circuit 33 to place the data packet at a logical position in the buffer element 35 based upon the priority designation. For example, critical-priority data packets (for example, data packets including an indication of a life threatening condition) for the ventilator would be positioned for first retrieval and transmission by the relay module 30, 30 a, and other data packets are positioned in order according to their priority.
  • In addition, under circumstances where urgent commands may need to be transmitted by one of the remote monitoring devices 61, 62 and 63 anticipated based on an urgent data packet (for example, a data packet including an alarm) from the ventilator, the wireless relay module 30, 30 a may in addition discontinue reception of any new medical device information from other medical devices until the urgent commands are relayed and an associated alarm condition has been terminated or released.
  • In one embodiment, it is possible that the medical device data analyzed by the processor 34 may not match any of the emergency conditions in the table and/or database because there is a misspelling and/or the medical condition is known by other names and/or represents a new medical condition. In this scenario, the processor 34 may, for example, perform a similarity analysis between the medical device data received and the symptoms and/or physiological data in the table and/or database (see, e.g., the disclosure herein supra in reference to FIG. 4D). Based on this similarity analysis, the processor 34 may select, if any, the emergency condition that closely approximates the medical device data. Also, the processor 34 may in addition or alternatively log the medical device data to a database and/or file to allow administrators to determine why the emergency condition did not match an exact emergency condition in the table and/or database.
  • According to another embodiment, in order to make processing more efficient, the processor 34 may compare the medical device data received at the transceiver to a list of prior determined emergency conditions and determine if there is a match or approximate match based on conventional interpolation and/or extrapolation techniques. In another embodiment, the processor 34 may also parse the medical device data to find a code which indicates that an emergency condition exists. Alternatively, the processor 34 may search a table and/or database located in a central repository to determine if the medical device data received indicates an emergency condition. In a another embodiment, the processor 34 in a relay module 30 and/or 30 a may query a processor 34 in another device (not the central repository) to determine if that other device knows whether the medical device data includes emergency condition data representing an emergency condition.
  • Once an emergency condition is determined and an alarm condition is activated by the processor 34 of the relay module 30 a, a message may be transmitted to an access point 40 by the relay module 30 a (as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2), where the message is parsed to determine if alarms should be activated. The alarms could be anything from certain signals to care givers associated with the one or more medical devices which originated the alarms or alerting emergency responders.
  • A monitoring unit 37 b (see e.g. FIG. 3B) may also be associated with the processor 34, and responsible for identifying trends in emergency conditions. The monitoring unit 37 b may store the emergency conditions data received, the date/time, an identity of the medical device which provided the data, the location of the medical device, and so on. Using the emergency condition data and/or additional medical device data, the monitoring unit 37 b may analyze the data for trends. This trend information may be used, for example, to determine whether one or more medical devices should be monitored. In addition, the trend information may be communicated to one or more devices (for example, PDAs, cell phones, pager, tablets, and the like) associated with relatives, friends, or caregivers and the like, who may use the knowledge to provide more efficient care.
  • Upon making a determination that an emergency condition exists, the processor 34 may transmit a message to a phone device 39 a (discussed below and shown in FIG. 3D) to activate it and also initiate a connection (e.g., phone call, etc.) with an emergency responder, such as 911, relatives/friends, care givers, or police authorities, and the like. When a call is received by the emergency responder, an automated voice message may be transmitted to the emergency responder as a prerecorded message stored in a signal generator 39 b (which is coupled to the phone device 39 a and the processor 34). Preferably, the prerecorded message identifies an associated medical condition along with the location of the medical device. Alternatively, the signal generator 39 b may generate a dynamic speech signal that contains the determined emergency condition and other information
  • The prerecorded or dynamic message described above may in addition include other relevant patient data to further allow the emergency responders to assess the situation. For example, a patient table stored at the relay module (or alternatively/in addition at the centralized location) may identify care givers of the patient, other present conditions of the patient, previous medical history (e.g., allergic to certain drugs, such as morphine), and additional relevant patient information. Preferably, storage and use of the data in the patient table would conform to HIPAA requirements. As an alternative to these voice messages, the signal generator 39 b may transmit medical condition information in the form of a text message to the emergency responder. For example, a text message may be sent over one of a Short Message Service (also known as “SMS”) and/or Multimedia Messaging Service (also known as “MMS”).
  • The phone device 39 a above could be connected via one or more of wireless relay network or internet-accessible wireless network to initiate the call over a voice over internet protocol (VoIP) network, a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), or the like.
  • The call to the emergency responders may be unsuccessful for a variety of reasons (for example, associated E911 circuits may be busy or otherwise unavailable). In this situation, the processor 34 and/or phone device 39 a may detect a non-response from the E911 circuits and transmit a non-response message to one or more of the medical device, the access point 40, and/or one or more other designated devices to indicate the unsuccessful call. In addition, the processor 34 may periodically perform self-diagnostics on the relay module 30 a to confirm that each of the components of the modules 30 a that is used to detect the emergency condition and make the emergency call is operational Of course while a single processor 34 is described, multiple processors 34 may be used in as appropriate.
  • The location of the medical device may be determined in a variety of ways well-known in the art. For example, location information may be provided to the processor 34 from a global positioning system signal (“GPS”) that is received and interpreted by the medical device located in the medical device data received, a GPS chip in the location device 38 (see e.g. FIGS. 3B and 3C), and/or location algorithm in the location device 38 discussed further below. In another embodiment, (e.g., location) as discussed above.
  • As discussed above, location information may be included in the medical condition data received by one of the relay modules 30, 30 a to identify the location of the one or medical devices 10. Alternatively, the relay modules' location may also be determined using a conventional GPS receiver provided in the location device 38. In the latter case, at least an approximate or “zone” location of the one or more medical devices would be provided by the location information for the relay module 30 a.
  • As an alternative to GPS-based location, each of the relay modules 30 a may for example transmit and receive signals via the internet-accessible wireless communication network to two or more cell towers, beacons or other radio devices at fixed, known locations in order to determine a location of the relay module according to known geometric methods. Such techniques for determining location (for example, including triangulation form cell towers) are well known in the art. See, e.g., Shu Wang et at Location-Based Technologies for Mobiles: Technologies and Standards, presentation at IEEE ICC Beijing 2008, IEEE, 2008, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety, for all purposes. In one embodiment, triangulation may be carried out using other relay modules positioned at fixed, known locations in a facility.
  • The data processing circuit 33 may be further configured to retrieve data from the buffer element 35 a under the direction of the processor 34 and provide the retrieved data to a selected one of the transceiver 31 or transceiver 32 for transmission. In order to make a selection, the processor 34 is configured to communicate with respective status modules 31 b, 32 b of the transceivers 31, 32 in order to determine a communications status of each of the transceivers 31, 32.
  • FIG. 3B depicts a block diagram illustrating components of an alternative configuration for the relay module 30 a to the configuration of relay module 30 a depicted in FIG. 3A. The relay module 30 a shown in FIG. 3B may be the same as or similar to the relay module 30 a shown in FIG. 3A. For example, transceivers 31 and 32, data processing circuit 33 and processor 34 may be the same or similar in both figures. The relay module 30 a includes transceiver 31 for wirelessly communicating with interface circuits 15 (shown in FIGS. 1 and 2) and other relay modules 30, 30 a in a particular WLAN or WPAN network 16 (shown in FIG. 2) via antenna 31 a. The relay module 30 a further includes a transceiver 32 for wirelessly communicating with the access point 40 over a particular WWAN (shown in FIG. 2) via an antenna 32 a.
  • Added components to the relay module 30 a in 3B that are not present in FIG. 3A include an additional transceiver 37, similar to transceiver 31, for wirelessly communicating via antenna 37 a with interface circuits and other relay modules capable of communicating over a different WLAN or WPAN network than the network used by transceiver 31. Correspondingly, the relay module 30 a in FIG. 3A includes yet a further transceiver 38, similar to transceiver 32, for wirelessly communicating via antenna 38 a with an access point over a different WWAN than the WWAN used by transceiver 32.
  • Each of the transceivers 31, 32, 37 and 38 is in communication with data processing circuit 33, which is configured to operate under the control of processor 34 to accept data received by the transceivers 31, 32, 37 and 38 and store the received data in buffer element 35. In addition, the data processing circuit 33 is further configured to retrieve data from buffer element 35 under the direction of processor 34 and provide the retrieved data to a selected one of the transceivers 31, 32, 37 or 38 for transmission. Further embodiments can for example involve one or more processors 34 configured to accept medical device data from mesh network 16 and to send the medical device data through the WWAN without storing the medical device data in the relay module 30 a. In order to make a selection, the processor 34 is configured to communicate with respective status modules 31 b, 32 b, 37 b and 38 b of respective transceivers 31, 32, 37 or 38 in order to determine a communications status of the transceivers 31, 32, 37 or 38. It should be understood that the data processing circuit 3 and processor 34 may be implemented as separate integrated circuits or chip sets or their functions may be combined and implemented on single integrated circuits or chip set
  • The processor 34 is also preferably in communication with an input/output circuit 36, which provides signals to one or more display elements of the relay module 30 a, for example, for indicating a start-up or current status of the relay module 30 a, including communication or connection status with the WLAN or WPAN networks and WWANs networks. Input/output circuit 36 may also be configured to provide signals to indicate an A/C power loss, and or to be responsive to signals provided by one or more input devices provided in proximity to the one or more display elements.
  • A control panel useable for the module 30 a of FIG. 3B may be substantially similar to the control panel 380 depicted in FIG. 3H with corresponding multiple indicators 380 e for indicating the status of the different WLAN or WPAN networks, and/or multiple indicators 380 j for indicating the status of the different WWANs. The control panel 380 may include a synchronization switch 380 k (shown in FIG. 3I), which may be used as further described herein to initiate a process for associating patient identification information with identification information of a medical device 10.
  • The processor 34 is also preferably in communication with a memory 35 b for storing an operating program of the processor 34 and/or data stored by and/or retrieved by the processor 34. The processor 34 is also in communication with an input/output circuit 36, which provides signals to one or more display elements (not shown) of the relay module 30 a, for example, for indicating a start-up or current status of the relay module 30 a, including communication or connection status with the WLAN or WPAN network 16 and WWAN. The input/output circuit 37 a may also be configured to provide signals to indicate an A/C power loss, and or to be responsive to signals provided by one or more input devices provided in proximity to the one or more display elements. The input/output circuit 37 a may also be connected to user buttons, dials or input mechanisms and devices of module 30 a. The input/output circuit 37 a is further usable for providing alarm signals to indicate, for example, A/C power loss or loss of accessibility to the WWAN.
  • Relay module 30 a may preferably be provided as a small physical enclosure with an integral power plug and power supply circuit, such that the relay module 30 a may be directly plugged into and supported by a conventional wall outlet providing commercial A/C power. Relay module 30 a may also preferably include a battery back-up circuit (not shown) to provide uninterrupted power in the event of A/C power outage, an A/C power outage of short duration as well as for ambulatory use of the relay module. Alternatively, relay module 30 a may be provided with rechargeable and/or replaceable battery power as a primary power source for ambulatory use. It should be readily understood by one skilled in the art that processor 34 and devices 37 a-39 b are shown as separate and distinct devices in FIG. 3 for illustration purposes only and that the functionality of devices 34 and 37 a-39 b may be combined into a single or larger or smaller number of devices than illustrated.
  • Battery back-up may also be advantageous, for example, for using the relay module 30 a in an ambulatory mode that enables the patient to move within and potentially at a distance from the facility 20, for example, with a medical device 10 that is a portable feeding device. In this configuration, for example, the medical device 10, the interface circuit 15 and relay module 30 may be conveniently carried in a mobile platform such as any patient-wearable backpack, vehicle, or other transport vessel.
  • The relay module 30 a configuration of FIG. 3B may be operated in a substantially similar manner to the relay module 30 a configuration of FIG. 3A employing, for example, corresponding methods of operation described below incorporating the use of a plurality of WWANs or WLAN or WPAN networks. However, in performing methods of operation for the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3A, the depicted steps described with respect the flow diagrams below may be employed with the further transceiver selections of the additional transceivers 37 and 38.
  • FIG. 3C depicts a block diagram of an embodiment of a relay module 30 a that enables voice communication and interaction between a caregiver proximate the relay module 30 a and a clinician or technician at the remote monitoring device. The identical components in the FIGS. 3A, 3B, and 3C are like numbered including, for example, the first and second transceivers 31 and 32, data processing circuit 33, processor 34 and data buffer 35 a. The relay module 30 a of FIG. 3C further includes a speech codec 105 connected to a microphone 110 and the speaker 37.
  • The particular type or brand of speech codec selected for the codec 105 is not necessarily critical as long as it is compatible and/or interoperable with the speech codec of the corresponding remote monitoring device. Suitable codecs for the speech codec 105 include, for example, fixed rate codecs such as voice-over-Internet-protocol (VoIP) codecs in compliance with the ITU standard H.323 recommended protocol. Speech coding standards in accordance with VoIP include ITU standards G.711 (PCM), G.723.1 (MP-MLQ & ACELP), G.729 (CSACELP), GSM-FR; or Adaptable Multi-Rate (AMR) standards such the European Telecommunication Standard Institute (ETSI) and Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) IMT-2000. Alternatively, it is possible to employ codecs useable for transmitting encoded speech signals over a mobile telephone network.
  • The configuration of the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3C enables a patient or caregiver proximate the relay module 30 a to engage in a conversation with a user (for example, a clinician or technician) proximate the remote monitoring device using, for example, a VoIP or VoIP-like exchange of encoded speech signals. Specifically, in operation of the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3C, speech uttered by the caregiver proximate the relay module 30 a is converted by microphone 110 to analog speech signals that are digitized and encoded by the codec 105. The processor 34 then transmits the corresponding digitized and encoded speech signals produced by the codec 105 directly over the wireless internet-accessible network alone or in combination with the wireless relay module network to the remote monitoring device. The remote monitoring device then decodes the digitized and encoded speech signals and converts such decoded signals into analog signals supplied to a speaker to generate the speech sounds heard by the clinician or technician.
  • Conversely, digitized and encoded speech signals representing speech of the clinician or technician transmitted by the remote monitoring device are received by the module 30 a wherein the processor 34 supplies such signals to the codec 105 which decodes the signals and converts the decoded signals to analog signals that are supplied to the speaker 37.
  • Although the implementation of the codec 105 and microphone 110 has been described with regard to exchanging VoIP signals, it should be readily understood that any method of communicating speech signals may be employed including, for example, utilizing a cellular or mobile telephone codec or modem for codec 105 to transmit and receive speech signals, e.g., CDMA- or GSM-compliant speech signals over a mobile telephone network. Further, it is possible for the codec 105 to be implemented as hardware and/or software in a single chip, chip set or as part of the processor 34.
  • In an alternative embodiment, it is possible to implement speech detection and/or recognition functionality into the codec 105 or processor 34 to enable the relay module 30 a to identify specific command words to initiate the carrying out of a corresponding responsive/interactive action. For example, such speech recognition functionality may be triggered by processing signals supplied by the microphone 110 to identify terms “Help”, “Emergency” or “Call 911.” Upon detecting such trigger terms, the processor 34 initiates the process of dialing an emergency response service such as “911,” with or without using synthesized or recorded speech to request confirmation from the caregiver to place such a call and initiate communication between the caregiver and the emergency response service. The dialing may be performed by hardware or software implemented in the processor 34, codec 105 or other components coupled to the processor 34. The speech recognition functionality may alternatively or additionally transmit a text message or other text or audio-visual correspondence to the emergency response service based upon identified spoken works or commands by the caregiver.
  • It should be readily understood that the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3C is shown with the codec 105 and microphone 110 in combination with the display 37 for illustration purposes only. It is possible to implement a relay module with the codec without a display or a relay module with a display and not a codec (as depicted in FIG. 3).
  • Referring also to FIG. 3D, alternatively or in addition, the processor 34 may instruct the location device 39 a to obtain location information of the wireless relay module, and compare this to location information obtained from the medical device and/or by other means (for example, by using a conventional triangulation algorithm measuring transit times of signals transmitted by the medical device 10 to several wireless relay modules 30 a with known locations) in order to determine whether the medical device 10 (for example, in the possession of an ambulatory patient) has moved outside of an area for safe communications with the relay module 30 a (i.e., is outside the “geo-fence”).
  • In this case, the processor 34 may preferably transmit a “lost device” alarm message via at least one of the transceivers 31, 32 to the access point 40 and/or to any other Internet-accessible and/or wireless network-accessible recipients. In addition, in order to conserve power and or bandwidth of the wireless relay module 30 a, the processor 34 may suspend all other measurements made to determine communications health with the medical device 10 (for example, heartbeat requests and signal quality measurements) until it has been determined that the medical device 10 is back within the geo-fence.
  • One of skill in the art will also readily understand that the elements used by the wireless relay module 30 a to determine whether communications with a particular medical device 10 can be transmitted and/or received over the wireless relay network may be replicated in the medical device 10, such that the medical device 10 may determine whether communications with a particular wireless relay module 301 can be carried out over the wireless relay network, and to issue a visual and/or audible alarm at the medical device 10 when communications with the wireless relay module 30 a cannot be carried out. This feature would be particularly useful, for example, to a patient in an ambulatory setting as a means for learning that he/she has exited the geo-fence.
  • It is possible for the relay module 30 to have a substantially similar configuration as the relay module 30 a but excluding the transceiver for communicating over the WWAN with the access point 40.
  • The relay module 30 a of FIG. 3D further preferably includes a location device 39 a including, for example, a conventional global positioning system signal (“GPS”) chip for determining a GPS location of the relay module 30 a. In addition, the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3 includes a power monitoring device 39 b for monitoring a voltage level of a external AC power source (not shown) providing power to the relay module 30 a, and a secondary power source 39 c comprising for example non-rechargeable lead-acid batteries, rechargeable lithium-ion batteries or other conventional rechargeable energy storage devices for providing a secondary power source to the relay module 30 a, or a primary power source in the event of a failure of the external AC power source. Alternatively and/or additionally, the power monitoring device may for example monitor a sensor for detecting a disconnection of the external AC power supply by mechanical means (for example, using a spring-loaded push-pin switch that disengages when an associated AC plug of the relay module 30,30 a is removed from an external AC receptacle), by electronic means (for example, using an inductive sensor incorporated in proximity to the AC power plug) and the like.
  • The processor 34 may be a single dedicated processor, a single shared processor, or a plurality of individual processors, some of which may be shared. Moreover, explicit use of the term “processor” or “controller” should not be construed to refer exclusively to hardware capable of executing software, and may implicitly include, without limitation, digital signal processor (DSP) hardware, network processor, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA), read-only memory (ROM) for storing software, random access memory (RAM), and non-volatile storage. Other hardware, conventional and/or custom, may also be implemented in one or more configurations.
  • In an embodiment, the medical device data received by one of the transceivers 31, 32 from the one or more medical devices 10 may include, for example, information indicative of an alarm condition. In addition to the types of medical device data previously provided herein, the received information may include, for example, at least one of medical device description, medical device identification (e.g., unique device number), medical device location (e.g., device/patient room number), patient identification (e.g., patient identification number), alarm type, alarm error code, and/or alarm severity. Methods in which an alarm condition may be determined include predetermined codes, look-up table(s) and or algorithms for identifying alarm conditions based on processing the received information.
  • In addition to information indicative of an alarm condition contained in the medical device data received from one or more medical devices 10, it is also possible to receive the alarm indication from another relay module and/or as a result of an indication internally generated in the relay module 30 a itself. For example, the relay module 30 a could receive such information from another relay module when the other relay module malfunctions. In this way, it is assured that the relay module 30 a provides the necessary redundancy for another relay module. Additionally, it is further possible for such information to be transmitted to the relay module 30 a from the other relay module when the information is indicative of a high severity alarm condition, e.g., a significant medical emergency, such as emergency 911. Such redundancy will enable a sufficient number of caregivers to be notified of the emergency condition through multiple relay modules to facilitate a prompt response.
  • In another implementation, the relay module 30 a may be notified if another relay module is experiencing numerous alert conditions associated with other modules or medical devices and communicate the alarm information to caregivers. If this occurs, the other relay module may, for example, divert the information indicative of an alarm to the relay module 30 a using the WLAN or WPAN 16. The particular relay module 30 a selected to receive the alarm information from the other relay module may be based on many factors such as, for example, relay module location, relay module availability, number of caregivers at a given location and/or floor, defined master/slave relationships among the relay modules 30 a, and the like.
  • In another embodiment, it is possible that the information indicative of an alarm condition is received at the relay module 30 a, but for some reason, such as a malfunction and/or data transmission bottleneck, the alarm is not communicated audibly and/or visually to the caregivers. To prevent this occurrence, the relay module 30 a can be configured to transmit a message back to the one or more medical devices 10 confirming that an alarm was presented to the caregiver. If the message is not received within a predetermined amount of time by the one or more medical devices 10, then one or more medical devices 10 may attempt to communicate with other relay modules to ensure the alarm is addressed. Similar factors, e.g., location, availability, number of caregivers, etc., as described above may be used to select the other relay module(s) for providing alerts for the one or more medical devices.
  • In a further embodiment, the relay module 30 a may internally generate its own alarm and/or device signals in relation to the relay module 30 a, for example, the current status of the relay module 30 a (e.g., external AC power loss) and/or current communication or connection status (e.g., status with the WLAN or WPAN 16 or WWAN).
  • After identifying that received data is indicative of an alarm condition, the processor 34 may transmit a message containing alarm information including, for example, at least one of medical device description, medical device identification, medical device location, patient identification, alarm type, alarm error code, and/or alarm severity, to a display 36 attached to the relay module 30 a. In this way, an alarm alert may mirror an alarm alert emitted by the originating medical device. The particular type of display chosen for use with the relay module 30 a is not necessarily critical. Accordingly, it is possible for display 36 to be a monochrome or color dot matrix, LCD, LED or other display device. Alternatively and/or in addition, the processor 34 may transmit the message containing alarm information to a medical device 10 via the transceiver 31, and/or to the access point 40 via the transceiver 32.
  • In addition, the processor 34 may also employ a speaker 37, such as a loudspeaker, coupled to the relay module 30 a to emit an audible alert indicative of the alarm condition. It is possible for the audible alert based on the alarm condition to be at least one of volume, pitch, tone, type, audible sequence or duty cycle, or recorded sound to indicate the type, urgency or severity of the alarm condition. It is advantageous for an alarm indicating a life-threatening emergency to be more attention-getting, e.g., loud siren, than alarms for less significant conditions that may be addressed by, for example, beeps or calmer tones.
  • It is also possible for the emitted audible alerts to be spoken words, commands, tones or other sounds. In this way, if the alert emitted from the one or more medical devices 10 is not directly addressed, then the relay module 30 a alarm sounds should alert any caregivers located outside of the patient's room. The processor 34 may also cause a signal to be transmitted by, for example, the first transceiver 31 over the WLAN or WPAN 16 to one or more devices including, for example, PDAs, cell phones, pagers, and tablets. In addition, the alarm information may be transmitted over the WWAN using the second transceiver 32 to the one or more devices.
  • In addition, an input/output circuit 38 may be electrically connected to, for example, user-actuatable buttons, dials or input mechanisms associated with the relay module 30 a. Using these buttons, dials, or input mechanisms, the audible alerts produced by the relay module 30 a may be muted, i.e., disabled, or volumes substantially reduced. The muting or volume reduction may alternatively be in response to the relay module 30 a receiving a signal from the originating medical device transmitting the information, such as in response to a caregiver acknowledging that the emergency condition is being addressed by entering the proper inputs to the originating medical device. Such acknowledgements may preferably take the form of corresponding acknowledgement codes each associated with a particular alarm condition. Even with the audible alerts muted or otherwise disabled, it may be advantageous to continue displaying the alerts on the display 36. The display 36 may continue to display alerts until likewise the alert condition is extinguished or confirmation from a caregiver at the originating medical device or the relay module 30 a is received.
  • In accordance with another embodiment, the processor 34 may control the display 36 to alternate or cycle displayed information intermittently with information from a single medical device or multiple medical devices. For instance, the processor 34 may cause a visual alarm alert indicating an alarm condition (based upon a portion of medical device data) from a first medical device to be shown on the display 36, for example, for a time period of between 2 to 30 seconds before displaying information for another medical device. The visual alarm alerts corresponding to higher severity alarm conditions may be shown for longer durations than alerts of for lower severity alarm conditions. Also, the type of alarm condition may further dictate the display length of time for visual alarm alerts or other information from a particular medical device. Additionally, the processor 34 may also or alternatively display on the display 36 the number of medical devices communicating information indicative of alarm conditions to the relay module 30 a and/or show a description of such devices.
  • In addition, it is possible for the display 36 to display the alerts in different foreground or backlight colors, such as green backlight for normal operation or red backlight for alarm situations, to use color representing the respective severities of alarm conditions. It is further possible for the colors to correspond to specific alarm conditions (e.g., low glucose level) and/or general groups of conditions (e.g., heart conditions). The display may alternatively or in addition incorporate, for example, a multi-colored light-emitting diode array to display the status of the medical devices.
  • The display 36 may also be used to display non-alarm related information including, for example, internal power supply charge level or status, software version, software download status, relay module network status, handshake status and signal strength of the received WLAN or WPAN 16, and/or WWAN signals. Displayed information for the strength of respective monitored signals and other may be displayed alone or in a combination with the alerts. The signal strength information could be depicted by, for example, by sequential display segments such as, for example, more than one series of different sized light-emitting diodes (LEDs) that would advantageously enable simultaneous display of at least two different network signal strengths for viewing by the caregiver.
  • As with the display of externally generated information indicative of alarm conditions, it is possible for alerts for internally generated information indicative of an alarm condition by the relay module 30 a to also be displayed by display 36. For example, alerts representative of information during start-up or current status of the relay module 30 a and/or current communication or connection status with the WLAN or WPAN 16 and WWAN may be shown on the display elements 36. In another embodiment, the processor 34 may cause the display 36 to include information associated with the charge level of a battery (not shown) contained within the relay module 30 a, whether by remaining minutes and/or hours of life or other graphical depictions.
  • Relay module 30 a may preferably be provided as a small physical enclosure (not shown) optionally provided with an integral power plug and power supply circuit, such that the relay module 30 a may be directly plugged into and supported by a conventional wall outlet providing commercial A/C power. Relay module 30 a may also preferably include a battery back-up circuit (not shown) to provide uninterrupted power in the event of A/C power outage of short duration. Battery back-up may also be advantageous, for example, for using the relay module 30 a in an ambulatory mode that enables the patient to move within and potentially at a distance from the facility 20, for example, with a medical device 10 that is a portable feeding device. In this configuration, for example, the medical device 10, the interface circuit 15 and relay module 30 may be conveniently carried in a patient-wearable backpack.
  • Various embodiments of a relay device 30 or 30 a are shown in FIGS. 3A-3D. However, the relay device 30 or 30 a is not limited to the specific configurations shown. For example, a relay device 30 30 a may include some or all of the components or features described with respect to any or all of FIGS. 3A, 3B, 3C, and 3D. A relay device 30 or 30 a may also include additional features not shown in the figures.
  • FIGS. 3E-3G respectively illustrate top, front and side views of a configuration 370 for the relay module 30 a. Configuration 370 includes a housing 370 a, which is shown in FIGS. 3E-3H configured essentially as a rectangular box or prism. It should however be noted that the housing may alternatively be configured in any of a variety of three-dimensional shapes having a sufficient interior volume for housing the associated circuits, having a sufficient area 370 c on a front panel 370 b of the housing 370 a for locating a control panel 380 (as further illustrated in FIG. 3H), and having a sufficient area on a rear panel 370 d for providing a receptacle support 370 e and power plug 370 f for supportably plugging the module configuration 370 into a conventional power outlet. The power plug 370 f may also be provided in a modular and replaceably removable configuration enabling power plugs 370 f to be configured according to a variety of international standards to be easily provided to the configuration 370.
  • FIG. 3H illustrates a control panel 380 of module configuration 370 that may constitute a portion of the one or more display elements. The control panel 380 preferably includes, for example, a power switch 380 a for powering and/or de-powering the module configuration 370 after it has been plugged into the conventional wall outlet or equipped with a charged battery back-up subsystem. In addition, the control panel 380 preferably includes an alarm switch 380 b which allows a user to mute and/or de-mute an audible alarm (for example, a conventional buzzer, not shown) which is coupled to an alarm circuit (not shown) that is configured to issue an alarm when A/C power to the module configuration 370 has been interrupted. The control panel 380 also includes an A/C power indicator 380 c which may preferably be provided as one or more light-emitting diode (LED) indicator segments which are activated when A/C power has been provided to the module configuration 370. Optionally, the indicator 380 c may be intermittently activated when A/C power is lost (for example, by means of back-up battery power) to signal the loss of A/C power.
  • The control panel 380 of FIG. 3H also includes a battery indicator 380 d to indicate a status of the subsystem battery back-up circuit. For example, and as illustrated in FIG. 3H, the battery indicator 380 d may preferably include indicator segments 380 h which may be selectively activated to indicate a capacity of the back-up battery. Indicator segments 380 h may also be preferably provided as LED segments, or as one or more multicolor LEDs for which color is indicative of capacity. If implemented as individual segments 380 h, the segments 380 h may, for example, be activated to indicate that the back-up battery is fully charged, and ones of the segments 380 h may be progressively deactivated (for example, proceeding downwardly from an uppermost one of the segments 380 h) as battery power is drawn down. In the event that remaining battery power is insufficient to operate the module configuration 370, each of the segments 380 h may be deactivated. Alternatively, the indicator segments 380 h may be provided as one or more multicolor LED segments (for example, red, yellow, and green). In operation, it is possible for all LED segments 380 h to be illuminated as green indicating a full backup battery charge and then progressively, sequentially deactivated as battery charge levels are reduced to a first low power threshold. Then, the LED segments 380 h may progressively, sequentially be illuminated red as power is further diminished so that all LED segments are illuminated red when battery power is no longer sufficient to power the module configuration 370.
  • As further illustrated in FIG. 3H, the control panel 380 may further include a relay module network indicator 380 e to indicate a status of the portion of the WLAN or WPAN network 16. Similarly to the A/C power indicator 380 c, used to provide communications between the WLAN/WPAN network relay module 30 a and its associated interface circuits 15 and medical devices 10. This relay module network status indicator 380 e is preferably backlit with one or more multi-color LEDs to indicate a relative “health” of the associated portion of the network (for example, using “green” to indicate a healthy (e.g., level of accessibility) network, “yellow” to indicate a network having one or more issues but still operable, and “red” to indicate a network that is inoperative and indicating an alarm condition). Optionally, the indicator element 380 e may be intermittently or periodically activated when the WLAN/WPAN network portion of the WLAN or WPAN network 16 that provides communications between the relay module 30 a and its associated interface circuits 15 and medical devices 10 has relatively poor communications between these devices, or is unavailable to support such communications. In addition, an audible alarm (for example, a conventional buzzer, bell or audible sound generator and associated loudspeaker, not shown) may be initiated under such conditions.
  • Indicator elements 380 f may also be provided, for example, in an array to indicate the status is active or accessible, and either de-activated or intermittently activated when the WLAN/WPAN network status is inactive or inaccessible. The indicator elements may preferably be provided with multi-color LEDs 380 g capable, for example, of illuminating a green segment for a healthy a communications path, a yellow segment for operative communication path with issues, and a red segment to indicate a communications path that is inoperative. Alternatively, individual red, yellow and green LEDS may be used in place of the multi-color LEDs. Alternatively or in addition, one or more of elements 380 f, 380 g may each comprise a single bi-color LED.
  • A WWAN indicator 380 j may preferably be provided to indicate a status of access to the WWAN network, (using, for example, “green” to indicate a healthy network, “yellow” to indicate a network having one or more issues but still operable, and “red” to indicate a network that is inoperative and indicating an alarm condition). As depicted in FIG. 3H, the indicator 380 j includes indicator elements 380 f, 380 g for indicating the WWAN network status. In this configuration, for example, the indicator element 380 f may be configured with a green LED indicator element that is activated when the WWAN network status is active or accessible, and the indicator 380 g may be configured with a red LED indicator element that is activated when the WWAN network is inactive or inaccessible (for example, may preferably be backlit with one or more multicolor LEDs. Optionally, the indicator element 380 j may be intermittently or periodically activated, for example, when a signal strength of the WWAN network available to the module configuration 370 is insufficient to support communications. Optionally, the indicator element 380 f may be intermittently too low to support communications, or is unavailable to support such communications. In addition, the audible alarm may be initiated under such conditions.
  • Finally, the control panel may include a WLAN/WPAN indicator 380 i to indicate an overall health of the entire WLAN/WPAN (or at least of the portion available to provide an alternate path for the relay module 30 a to the WWAN network). The WLAN/WPAN indicator 380 i may preferably indicate an overall status of the WLAN/WPAN (using “green” to indicate a healthy network, “yellow” to indicate a network having one or more issues but still operable, and “red” to indicate a network that is inoperative and indicating an alarm condition). As depicted in FIG. 3H, the indicator 380 i may preferably be backlit with one or more multicolor LEDs. Optionally, the indicator element 380 i may be intermittently or periodically activated when the signal strength of the WWANWLAN network is marginally sufficient, too low, or insufficient to support communications. In addition, the audible alarm may be initiated under such conditions.
  • As previously indicated, the alarm switch 380 b may be configured to allow a user to mute and/or un-mute one or more of the audible alarms entirely, or for a specified time period (similarly to a conventional clock alarm “snooze function) indicators of the module configuration 370 such as indicators 380 a-380 j may preferably be electrically connected to the input-output circuit 36 depicted in FIG. 3A, for example.
  • In addition, it is possible for the wireless relay module 30 a to employ, for example, hardware or software to implement an International Telecommunication Standardization Sector (ITU-T) H.323 codec to enable voice and/or video communications between a caregiver located proximate the wireless relay module and a remote technician. In such an embodiment, the wireless relay module control panel 38 may optionally include microphone and speaker elements (not shown) for enabling the module configuration 37 to be operated in a voice communication mode to allow for voice communication, for example, between an operator, caregiver, and/or a help desk technician in event of a trouble condition reported by one of the medical devices 10. Alternatively or in addition, the control panel 380 may include one or more of a camera element (not shown) and/or a display element (not shown) coupled to the codec to be operated in a visual communication mode. For example, the camera element may be used to transfer images from displays of one or more medical devices 10 to one of the remote monitoring devices 61, 62 and 63 of FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 4A presents a flow diagram 400 illustrating a method of operation for the architecture according to FIG. 1A and relay module 30, 30 a components of FIGS. 2 and 3A-3H, relating to the transmission of medical device data obtained from a medical device 10 to the access point 40. First, at step 402 of the method 400, the medical device data is received at a first one of the relay modules 30 a from one of the interface circuits 15 and/or other relay modules 30, 30 a over the wireless relay network 16. At step 404, the processor 34 of the one relay module 30 a determines whether the WWAN is accessible by that relay module 30 a.
  • The determination of step 404 may be carried out in a variety of manners. For example, the processor 34 may interrogate the status module 32 b of the transceiver 32 at the time of or after the receipt of the medical device data to determine a status parameter indicative of access for the transceiver 32 to the WWAN (for example, access for transceiver 37 to the WWAN may be determined as the result of the transceiver 32 detecting an access signal of the WWAN having adequate signal strength for maintaining data communication at a desired quality level). Alternatively, the processor 34 may interrogate the status module 32 b at a different time including, for example, at system start-up and/or periodically (for example, hourly), and maintain a status indicator such as in the buffer 35 or another storage element to be retrieved at the time of receipt of the medical device data. As yet another alternative, the relay module 30, 30 a may be assigned a predetermined, fixed role within the network 16. For example, relay modules 30 a in the network 16 may be assigned a data routing assignments by a controller or controlling relay module or modules which may be preselected from among the relay modules 30, 30 a. By definition, the WWAN status for relay module 30 that does not possess WWAN access capability shall have a fixed status of “WWAN inaccessible.”
  • If, as provided for in step 404, the status module 32 b indicates that the WWAN is accessible by the transceiver 32, the processor 34 will proceed to step 406 to instruct the data processing circuit 33 of the one relay module 30 (or 30 a) to retrieve the medical device data from the buffer 35 or 35 a (as necessary) and forward the medical device data to the transceiver 32 for transmission to the access point 40 over the WWAN.
  • Alternatively, in step 404, the status module 32 b may indicate that the WWAN is not accessible by the transceiver 32. For example, if the one relay module 30 a is located on a basement floor of the building in an area that is substantially shielded with respect to WWAN signals, the WWAN may not be accessible to the one relay module 30 a. In this event, at step 408, the processor 34 determines whether a second relay module 30 a is accessible via the WLAN or WPAN. Again, this determination may be made in a variety of manners including by instructing the transceiver 31 to send a handshake signal transmission directed to a second relay module 30 a and to listen for a reply, or by retrieving a stored status indicator for the second relay module 30 a.
  • If the second relay module 30 a is accessible, then the processor 34 instructs the data processing circuit 33 of the one relay module 30 a to retrieve the medical device data from the buffer 35 or 35 a (as necessary) and forward the medical device data to the transceiver 31 for transmission to the second relay module 30 a over the WLAN or WPAN at step 410. Alternatively, if the second relay module 30 a is inaccessible in step 408, this portion of the process 400 may preferably be repeated to search for a further relay module 30 a that is accessible. Alternatively, or in the event that no other relay module 30 a is available, the processor 34 of the one relay module 30 a may preferably issue an alarm notification at step 412. Such an alarm notification may, for example, include one or more of local visual and audio alarms as directed by processor 34 via the input/output circuit 36 of the one relay module 30 a, alarm messages directed by the processor 34 to another accessible WPAN, WLAN or WWAN via one or more of the transceivers 31, 32, and/or alarm messages generated by the inbound web server 41 of the access point 40. These notifications may be displayed or otherwise executed after a specified time period has been exceeded, for example, during which a handshake signal of the relay module 30 a is due but not received, at the inbound web server 41 from the wireless relay module 30 a.
  • For example, FIG. 4B depicts a method of operation 400 b for an embodiment of relay module 30 a. Methods 400 and 400 b include substantially identical steps except method 400 b substitutes steps 404 b and 406 b for steps 404 and 406 of method 400. These substituted steps 404 b and 406 b are similar to the corresponding steps 404 and 406 expanded to utilize the additional transceivers 37 and 38 of FIG. 3B, for example.
  • After medical device data is received over a WLAN or PLAN network by transceivers 31 or 37 in step 402, the relay module 30 a determines if any WWAN is accessible by transceivers 32 or 38 (e.g. in step 404 b). If no WWAN is accessible the method 400 b then continues to step 408 and performs substantially the same operations as described with respect to steps 408, 410 and 412 in FIG. 4. Otherwise, if a WWAN is determined accessible in step 404 b, the method 400 b proceeds to step 406 b. In step 406 b, the method 400 b transmits the medical data over the available WWAN via transceiver 32 or 38 to the appropriate access point.
  • Moreover, to the extent to that in step 404 b there are more than one WWAN accessible, then in step 406 b the controller 33 may determine which one of the accessible WWANs the medical data should be transmitted over by either of transceivers 32 or 38. Such determination can be made by many different criteria or rules including, for example, based upon signal strength, cost, time of day, day of week or preferences of a network manager or other user.
  • Referring now to FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D, As previously described with reference to the control panel 38 of the relay module configuration 370 of FIGS. 3E-3H, the relay module 30 a is preferably provided with a relay module network indicator 380 e to indicate a status of the portion of the WLAN or WPAN network 16 of FIGS. 1, 2 used to provide communications between the relay module 30 a and its associated interface circuits 15 and medical devices 10. FIG. 4C presents a flow diagram illustrating a method of operation 420 for generating status information that may be used by network indicator 380 e of FIG. 3H.
  • At steps 421, 422 of FIG. 4C, the processor 34 is instructed to retrieve a current module performance measure or history, for example, from the memory 35 b for each medical device 15 accessible to the relay module 30 a via the WLAN/WPAN network 16. Performance measures may, for example, include a measured signal strength, noise, bit rate, error rate, packet discard rate, occupancy, availability and the like as are conventionally measured for WLAN/WPAN networks. See, e.g., Pinto, WMM—Wireless Mesh Monitoring, Technical Report, INESC-ID, 2009, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety herein for all purposes. Measured performance may in addition take certain environmental information into account. For example, relatively elevated ambient operating temperature of the relay module 30 a, and the like, which may lead to possible corruption of data from the medical device caused by such elevated ambient temperature.
  • At step 423, if the performance history is not sufficiently current (for example, as indicated by timestamp data) and/or missing, the processor 34 at step 424 employs conventional means in the transceiver 31 (for example, via status module 31 b) to obtain current performance measures by transmitting a request to and receiving current performance data from the interface circuit 15 of the associated medical device 10, and preferably stores the current performance measures as part of the performance history in the memory 35 b. Currency may preferably be determined according to system performance, regulatory and/or other requirements for individual performance measures in prescribed time intervals (for example, for an interval older than 5 seconds, older than 1 minute, older than the most recent each hour, or the like), which may be stored in the memory 35 b for retrieval and reference by the processor 34.
  • After determining at steps 423 and 425 that current performance data has been obtained for each medical device accessible to the relay module 30 a, the processor 34 at step 426 determines a current module status as a function of the current performance data and the performance history. For example, if the current performance data indicate that each medical device 10 is currently accessible to the relay module 30 a, the module performance history indicates that the medical devices have been consistently accessible to the relay module 30 a for a predetermined time (for example, over a period of several hours), and throughput and/or occupancy are within predetermined limits, the processor 34 may determine that the wireless relay network 16 is “healthy” (indicated, for example, at step 427 by illuminating a green LED segment of indicator 38 e).
  • If the current performance data indicate that each medical device 10 is currently accessible to the relay module 30 a, but one or more of the devices 10 have a recent performance history where one or more of throughput and/or occupancy were outside of the predetermined limits, the processor 34 may determine a status of “partially accessible” (indicated, for example, at step 427 by illuminating a yellow LED segment of indicator 38 e). If one or more of the medical devices 10 are presently inaccessible to the relay module 30 a, the processor 34 may determine a status of “inaccessible” (indicated, for example, at step 427 by illuminating a red LED segment of indicator 380 e). At step 428, it may be determined by the processor 34 for example in view of “partially accessible” or “inaccessible” statuses that an alarm condition has been generated, causing the processor 34 to present an alarm (for example, by causing the yellow or red LED segments to be illuminated in a blinking fashion, and/or by providing one or more audible alarms as previously described. As an alternative to displaying display status information at step 427, the processor 34 may cause the transceiver 31 to transmit the status information to one or more of the medical devices 10, or may cause the transceiver 32 to transmit the status information to a device in communication with the WWAN.
  • With further reference to FIG. 1, FIG. 3, and FIGS. 3A-3H; FIG. 4D presents a flow diagram illustrating a method of operation 440 for generating the status information indicated by WWAN indicator 380 j of FIG. 3H. At steps 441, 442 of FIG. 4D, the processor 34 retrieves a WWAN performance history, for example, from the memory 35 b as to the status of the WWAN network 44. Performance measures may, for example, include a measured signal strength, noise, bit rate, error rate, call set up time, dropped call rate, occupancy and network availability and the like as are conventionally measured for WWAN/cellular networks for example, via the status module 32 b. (See, e.g., Mike P. Wittie, et al., MIST: Cellular Data Network Measurement for Mobile Applications, Broadband Communications, Networks and Systems Fourth International Conference, IEEE, 2007, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety herein for all purposes). At step 443, if the performance history is not sufficiently current (for example, as indicated by timestamp data), the processor 34 at step 444 employs conventional means in the transceiver 32 to obtain current performance measures by transmitting a request to and receiving data from the access point 40 of FIG. 1, and preferably stores the current performance measures as part of the performance history in the memory 35 b. Alternatively, if the access point 40 and/or another device in communication with the WWAN 44 collects performance measurement data for the WWAN, the transceiver 32 may transmit a request to the access point 40 and/or other device to retrieve the performance data.
  • After determining at step 443 that the WWAN performance data is current, the processor 34 at step 445 determines a current WWAN status as a function of the current performance data and the performance history. For example, if the current performance data indicate that the WWAN 44 is currently accessible to the relay module 30 a, the module performance history indicates that the WWAN 44 has been accessible to the relay module 30 a for a predetermined time (for example, several hours), and throughput and/or occupancy are within predetermined limits, the processor 34 may determine that the WWAN 44 is “healthy” (indicated, for example, at step 446 by illuminating a green LED segment of the WWAN indicator 38 j).
  • If the current performance data indicate that the WWAN 44 is currently accessible to the relay module 30 a, but has a history where one or more of throughput and/or occupancy was outside of the predetermined limits, the processor 34 may determine a status of “partially accessible” (indicated, for example, at step 446 by illuminating a yellow LED segment of the WWAN indicator 38 j).
  • If the WWAN 44 is presently inaccessible to the relay module 30 a, the processor 34 may determine a status of “inaccessible” (indicated, for example, at step 446 by illuminating a red LED segment of the WWAN indicator 38 j). At step 447, which may be performed before or concurrently with step 446, it may be determined by the processor 34 for example in view of “partially accessible” or “inaccessible” statuses that an alarm condition has been generated, causing the processor 34 to present an alarm (for example, by causing the yellow or red LED segments to be illuminated in a blinking fashion, and/or by providing one or more audible alarms as previously described. As an alternative or in addition to displaying display status information at step 446, the processor 34 may cause the transceiver 31 to transmit the status information to one or more of the medical devices 10, or may cause the transceiver 32 to transmit the status information to a device in communication with the WWAN.
  • FIG. 4E presents a flow diagram illustrating a method of operation 460 for generating the status information that may be used by WLAN/WPAN indicator 380 i of FIG. 3H to indicate an overall health of the entire WLAN/WPAN (or at least of the portion available to provide an alternate path for the relay module 30 a to the WWAN network). At steps 461, 462 and 464 of FIG. 4E, the processor 34 retrieves current module performance history from the memory 35 b for communications with each other relay module that is accessible to the relay module 30 a via the WLAN/WPAN network 16 (“neighbor module”).
  • As previously described, performance measures may, for example, include a measured signal strength, noise, bit rate, error rate, occupancy, availability, path usage and the like as are conventionally measured for WLAN/WPAN networks (using, for example, the status module 31 b). In addition, at step 463, the processor operates the transceiver 31 to request that each neighbor module provide a WWAN status (prepared, for example, according to the method described with reference to FIG. 4D).
  • At step 465, if the performance history relative to the neighbor modules is not sufficiently current (for example, as indicated by timestamp data) and/or missing, the processor 34 at step 466 employs conventional means in the transceiver 31 to obtain current performance measures by transmitting data to and receiving data from the neighbor modules, and preferably stores the current performance measures as part of the performance history in the memory 35 b. In addition, current performance measures may be obtained with respect to other neighboring devices, for example, having known or discernible performance (for example, network “beacons”).
  • After determining at step 467 that current performance data has been obtained for each neighbor module accessible to the rely module 30 a, the processor 34 at step 468 determines a current module status as a function of the current neighbor module performance data (including neighbor module WWAN status) and the neighbor module performance history. For example, if the current performance data indicate that each neighbor module 30 a is currently accessible to the relay module 30 a and has a WWAN status of “accessible”, the module performance history indicates that the neighbor modules 30 a have been accessible to the relay module 30 a for a predetermined period of time, and throughput and/or occupancy are within predetermined limits, the processor 34 may determine a status of “fully accessible” (indicated, for example, at step 469 by illuminating a green LED segment of WLAN/WPAN indicator 380 i).
  • If the current performance data indicate that each neighbor module 30 a is currently accessible to the relay module 30 a, but one or more of the neighbor modules 20 a have a recent performance history where WWAN status was inaccessible, the processor 34 may determine a status of “partially accessible” (indicated, for example, at step 469 by illuminating a yellow LED segment of WLAN/WPAN indicator 380 i). If at least two of the neighbor modules 30 a are not presently accessible to the relay module 30 a, the processor 34 may determine a status of “inaccessible” (indicated, for example, at step 469 by illuminating a red LED segment of WLAN/WPAN indicator 38 i). At step 470, it may be determined by the processor 34 for example in view of “partially accessible” or “inaccessible” statuses that an alarm condition has been generated, causing the processor 34 to present an alarm (for example, by causing the yellow or red LED segments to be illuminated in a blinking fashion, and/or by providing one or more audible alarms as previously described. As an alternative to displaying display status information at step 469, the processor 34 may cause the transceiver 31 to transmit the status information to one or more of the medical devices 10, or may cause the transceiver 32 to transmit the status information to a device in communication with the WWAN.
  • FIG. 4F presents a flow diagram 413 illustrating a method of operation for emergency dialing. In accordance with the flow diagram 413, the processor 34 of the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3 determines whether to transmit over the facility-oriented wireless network or the WWAN and makes a determination based on the medical device data whether an emergency condition exists as represented by step 414. If such a condition exists then, in step 415, the processor 34 transmits a message to the phone device 39 a to activate it and also initiate a connection in step 416 (e.g., phone call, etc.) with an emergency responder, such as 911, relatives/friends, caregivers, or police authorities. When the call is received by the emergency responder, an automated voice message is preferably transmitted to the emergency responder by the signal generator 39 b indicating the emergency condition and location of the condition. If an emergency condition does not exist in step 414, in step 417 then the medical device data is stored for further analysis by the monitoring unit 37 b.
  • FIG. 4G presents a flow diagram 418 illustrating how a location signal may be generated. A determination is made in step 474 by the processor 34 as to whether GPS location data was received as a component of the medical device data received from a medical device. If yes, in step 476, the processor 34 provides the location data for transmission with emergency condition data to the emergency responder. If that location data is not available, at step 478 a location device 38 of the relay module 30 a is instructed by the processor 34 to generate location data of the relay module 30 a. At step 480, the processor 34 provides the location data for transmission with emergency condition data to the emergency responder as a component of the message transmitted by the phone device 39 a.
  • FIG. 4H presents a table as may be stored for example in memory 35 b by the relay module 30 a for determining whether an emergency condition exists. As illustrated, the table 481 includes codes 482 to indicate predetermined emergency conditions, descriptions 486 for the emergency conditions, harm times 488 defining an elapsed time until the emergency condition becomes harmful, priorities 490 for triage purposes, related codes 492 to the coded emergency condition, and physiological data 494 used to identify the emergency condition. For example, as shown in line 1 of the table of FIG. 4H, a code value 482 of “2” is assigned to the description 486 “Significant fever condition,” which is assigned an unattended harm time 488 of “10 minutes” and an immediate priority of 490 of “5.” A related condition 492 indicates that this condition in related to a code value 482 of “7,” which corresponds to the description 486 “Vital signs decreasing.” The code value 2 in addition corresponds to physiological conditions 494 (“Temp.≧103”). ****
  • FIG. 5 presents a flow diagram illustrating a method of operation 500 for the architecture according to FIG. 1, relating to the transmission of a message from the access point 40 to be received by one of the medical devices 10. This enables the access point 40, for example, to communicate with medical devices in order to download new firmware or software, to respond to error messages initiated by the medical devices (for example, to re-set a device or remove it from service, or to run device diagnostics), and to operate the medical device (for example, to adjust a flow rate on a feeding pump).
  • At step 502 of the method 500, the message is received at the first one of the relay modules 30 a from the access point 40 via the WWAN. At step 504, the one relay module 30 determines whether the message is intended to reach one of the interface circuits 15 and/or other relay modules 30, 30 a located in the facility 20. This may be accomplished, for example, by maintaining a list of active devices 15 and modules 30, 30 a in the buffer 35 or in a manner otherwise accessible to the one relay module 30 a, or coding an identifier of the device 15 or module 30, 30 a to include an identity of the facility 20 that is stored in the buffer 35 or is otherwise identifiable to the one relay module 30 or 30 a. In the alternative, the received message may include a device identifier such as a serial number or an assigned identifier. Such a received message would then be broadcasted to all or a subset of interface circuits 15 in the facility and each interface circuit 15 determines if it was the intended recipient and should act upon or ignore the message.
  • If the one relay module 30 a determines at step 506 that the interface circuit 15 or module 30, 30 a is not located in the facility, the one relay module 30 a may preferably proceed to discard the message at step 508, and/or alternatively alert the access point 40 with a non-delivery message. If the interface circuit 15 is located in the facility 20, the one relay module 30 a determines at step 510 whether the interface circuit 15 or relay module 30, 30 a accessible to the one relay device 30 a via the WLAN or WPAN (for example, by consulting a list stored in the buffer 35 or that is otherwise accessible to the one relay module 30 a, or by instructing the transceiver 31 to send a handshake or test transmission directed to the interface circuit 15 and to listen for a reply).
  • If the one relay module 30 a determines at step 512 that the device 15 or relay module 30, 30 a is accessible, then at step 514, it transmits the message via network 16 to that device or relay module via the transceiver 31, or to relay module 30, 30 a via the transceiver 31. In this case, the message may again be broadcasted to all devices 15 and modules 30, 30 a in communication with the one relay module 30 a, and each device 15 or module 30, 30 a may decide to act on or ignore the message (for example, by matching to an associated device ID or other identifier in the message). If the one relay module 30 a alternatively determines at step 512 that the device or relay module is not accessible, then it proceeds at step 516 to determine whether a second relay module 30, 30 a is accessible via the WLAN or WPAN (for example, by instructing the transceiver 31 to send a handshake transmission directed to the second relay module and to listen for a reply). If the second relay module 30, 30 a is available, then the one relay module 30 forwards the message to the transceiver 31 for transmission to the second relay module 30, 30 a over the WLAN or WPAN. If the second relay module 30, 30 a is inaccessible, then this portion of the process 500 may preferably be repeated to search for a third relay module 30, 30 a that is accessible. Alternatively, or in the event that no other relay module 30, 30 a is available, the one relay module 30 may preferably issue an alarm notification at step 522, preferably in one of the same manners described above in reference to the methods described in conjunction with FIGS. 6A-6D below. The processor 34 may also issue alarm notifications upon failing to receive a handshake signal from other medical devices 10 and/or relay modules 30,30 a.
  • FIG. 6A depicts a flow diagram 600 representing an alarm alert and display process. In accordance with the flow diagram 600, at step 602 the processor 34 of the relay module 30 a receives information such as medical device data from a medical device, other rely module or internally generated by the relay module. Then, the method 600, in step 604, determines whether the information obtained in step 602 is indicative of an alarm condition or an alarm condition is otherwise present. If no alarm condition is detected at step 604, then method 600 reverts back to step 602. If, in step 604, an alarm condition is detected based on the obtained information by step 602, the method 600 proceeds to step 606.
  • In step 606, the processor 34 produces an alarm alert by transmitting signals representing an alert to be displayed to the display 36 and/or transmits signals representing speech or other audible information (for an audible alarm) to the speaker. Then, the method 600 proceeds to step 608. In step 608, it is determined whether the module 30 a receives medical device data or other information instructing the module to mute or disable the audible alarm or an input signal is otherwise received requesting to mute the sound or disable the audible alarm. If such input signal is received then, in step 612, the processor 34 mutes the speaker, i.e., disable the audible alarm. However, in step 608, if no such input signal is received then the method 600 proceeds to step 610.
  • In step 610, the processor 34 determines whether a user-actuatable switch associated with the input/output circuit 38, e.g., a mute switch of the relay module 30 a, has been activated. If such a switch has been activated then the method 600 proceeds to step 612 and the speaker is muted to disable the emitted audible alarm. After the speaker is muted, the method 600 returns to step 602 and starts the process again. However, if in step 610, it is determined that the mute switch has not been activated then the method 600 proceeds to step 614 where the processor again determines whether the alarm condition is still present based upon, for example, newly received medical device data. If the alarm condition is no longer present, the method 600 proceeds to step 612 and the audible alarm is disabled. However, if in step 614 the alarm condition is still present then the method 600 reverts back to step 602 and the audible alert is produced, i.e., continued.
  • In an alternative embodiment, if in step 614 the alarm condition is present for a particular period of time (either fixed in duration or based upon the particular alarm condition), then in step 606 the emitted audible alarm may advantageously be changed or upgraded in decibel level, pitch, type of sound, duty cycle or speech command to draw greater attention and response to the alarm condition by potential responders. In addition to, or in the alternative to, this change in emitted audible alarm in response to the determination in step 614 that the alarm condition is present for a particular period of time then the relay module may transmit a signal to other nearby or remote relay module(s) to alert other potential responders of the alarm condition.
  • It should be understood that the method of 600 may operate with information received from plurality of medical devices or other wireless relay modules, and may provide the intermittent displaying of respective alarm alerts for particular time intervals or employ different foreground or background colors based upon the type or severity of the alarm condition.
  • FIG. 6B depicts a flow diagram representing a alarm alert and display process 600 a. Some of the steps in process 600 a may be the same as or similar to steps in process 600.
  • In accordance with the flow diagram 600 a, at step 602 a the processor 34 of the relay module 30 a of FIG. 3 receives information such as medical device data from a medical device, another relay module or internally generated by the relay module. Then, the method 600 a, in step 604 a, determines whether the information obtained in step 602 a is indicative of an alarm condition or an alarm condition is otherwise present. If no alarm condition is detected at step 604 a, then method 600 a reverts back to step 602 a. If, in step 604 a, an alarm condition is detected based on the obtained information by step 602 a, the method 600 a proceeds to step 606 a.
  • In step 606 a, the processor 34 produces an audible and visual alarm alert by transmitting signals representing an alert to be displayed to the display 36 and/or transmits signals representing speech or other audible information (for an audible alarm) to the speaker. Alternatively and/or in addition, the processor 34 may transmit the alarm alert to a medical device 10 via the transceiver 31, and/or to the access point 40 via the transceiver 32. Then, the method 600 a proceeds to step 608 a.
  • In step 608 a, it is determined whether the module 30 a receives medical device data or other information instructing the module to mute or disable the audible alarm or an input signal is otherwise received requesting to mute the sound or disable the audible alarm. If such input signal is received then, in step 612 a, the processor 34 mutes the speaker to disable the audible alarm. However, in step 608 a, if no such input signal is received then the method 600 a proceeds to step 610 a.
  • In step 610 a, the processor 34 determines whether a user-actuatable switch associated with the input/output circuit 38, e.g., a mute switch of the relay module 30 a, has been activated. If such a switch has been activated then the method 600 a proceeds to step 612 a and the speaker is muted to disable the emitted audible alarm. The method 600 a then proceeds at step 616 a to determine whether a mute timer has expired after a predetermined time interval (for example, 5 minutes). If so the mute signal is cleared and/or the mute switch is released at step 618 a, and the method 600 a returns to step 606 a to produce each of the audible and visual alerts.
  • If in step 610 a, it is determined that the mute switch has not been activated, then the method 600 a proceeds to step 614 a where the processor again determines whether the alarm condition is still present based upon, for example, newly received medical device data. If the alarm condition is no longer present, the method 600 a proceeds to step 602 a and the alarm is disabled. However, if in step 614 a the alarm condition is still present, the method proceeds at step 423 to check a condition timer to determine whether the alarm condition has been present for a particular period of time (either fixed in duration for example of five minutes, or for a variable duration based upon the particular alarm condition). If the condition timer has expired in step 423, then in step 620 a the emitted audible alarm may advantageously be changed or upgraded in decibel level, pitch, type of sound, duty cycle or speech command to draw greater attention and response to the alarm condition by potential responders, and reapplied at step 606 a. In addition to, or in the alternative, the relay module 30, 30 a at step 620 a may transmit a signal to other nearby or remote relay module(s) to alert other potential responders of the alarm condition.
  • It should be understood that the method of flow diagram 600 a may operate with information received from a plurality of medical devices or other wireless relay modules, and may provide the intermittent displaying of respective alarm alerts for particular time intervals or employ different foreground or background colors based upon the type or severity of the alarm condition.
  • FIG. 6C depicts a flow diagram 600 b representing an alarm monitoring process executed by the processor 34 and the power monitoring device 39 b with respect to the AC power supply to the relay module 30 a. At step 602 b, the processor 34 interrogates the power monitoring device 39 b to determine whether the external AC power supply is providing a “normal” voltage (for example, 120 VAC, 60 Hz). If the external AC power supply is providing a normal voltage, the processor engages a timer 604 b to operate for a predetermined period of time (for example, 2 minutes) and then returns to step 602 b. If the external AC power supply is not providing a normal voltage (for example, a voltage less than 105 VAC, including 0 VAC resulting from an external AC power disconnect), the processor 34 causes a power alarm message to be transmitted at step 606 b. At step 608 b, the processor determines whether an audible portion of the alarm resulting from the transmitted alarm message has been muted (for example, by activating the mute switch of the relay module 30 a). If yes, the processor 34 transmits a message to clear the alarm at step 610 b, engages a timer to operate for a second predetermined period (for example, 5 minutes), and then returns to step 602 b. If not, the processor 34 engages a timer 614 b to operate for another predetermined time period (for example, 3 minutes), and then returns to step 602 b. Alternatively, at step 608 b, the processor 34 may clear the muted condition rather than clearing the alarm, and release the alarm only if a normal voltage is detected as step 602 b.
  • FIG. 6C depicts a flow diagram 600 c representing an alarm monitoring process executed by the processor 34 and the power monitoring device 39 b with respect to the secondary power source 39 c to the relay module 30 a. At step 642 c, the processor 34 interrogates the power monitoring device 39 b to determine whether the secondary power source 39 c is providing a “normal” voltage (for example, 9 VDC). If the secondary power source 39 c is providing a normal voltage, the processor engages a timer 644 c to operate for a predetermined period of time (for example, 1 minute) and then returns to step 642 c.
  • If the secondary power source 39 c is not providing a normal voltage (for example, a voltage less than 8.5 VDC), the processor 34 interrogates the power monitoring device 39 b to at step 646 c to determine whether the secondary power source 39 c is providing a “low” voltage (for example, between 7 and 8.5 VDC). If yes, the processor causes a low battery alarm message to be transmitted at step 648 c. At step 650 c, the processor determines whether an audible portion of the alarm resulting from the transmitted alarm message has been muted (for example, by activating the mute switch of the relay module 30 a). If yes, the processor 34 transmits a message to clear the alarm at step 652 c, and engages a timer 654 c to operate for a predetermined period (for example, 1 minute) and returns to step 642 c. If not, the processor 34 engages another timer 656 c to operate for another predetermined time period (for example, 2 minutes) and then returns to step 642 c.
  • If the processor 34 at step 646 c determines that the secondary power source 39 c is not providing a “low” voltage (for example, between 7 and 8.5 VDC), the processor 34 concludes at step 658 c that the voltage is a “near death” voltage (for example, less than 7 VDC). The processor 34 then begins at step 660 c to store medical device data arriving from one or more medical devices 10 via the wireless relay network and/or from the access point 40 via the internet-accessible wireless communications network in the memory 35 b, and causes a near death battery alarm message to be transmitted at step 662 c. At step 664 c, the processor determines whether an audible portion of an alarm resulting from the transmitted alarm message has been muted (for example, by activating the mute switch of the relay module 30 a). If yes, the processor 34 transmits a message to clear the alarm at step 666 c, and engages a timer 668 c to operate for a predetermined period (for example, 1 minute) and returns to step 642 c. If not, the processor 34 engages another timer 670 c to operate for another predetermined time period (for example, 2 minutes) and then returns to step 642 c. If normal battery voltage is detected at step 642 c, the processor 34 retrieves any medical device data that was stored in the memory 35 b during the period when a “near death” voltage was detected, and transmits the retrieved medical device data to intended destinations via one or more of the wireless relay network and/or the internet-accessible wireless communications network.
  • FIG. 7A depicts a flow diagram 800 representing a process executed by the wireless relay module to determine whether communications with a particular medical device 10 can be carried out over the wireless relay network 16. The process begins with the processor 34 of the wireless relay module 30 a engaging a timer 802 for a predetermined period of time (for example, 5 minutes). After expiration of the timer 802, the processor 34 instructs the transceiver 31 to transmit a “heartbeat” request to the medical device 10 over the wireless relay network. If a response is received by the transceiver 31 to the request, the process concludes at step 808 and the processor once again engages the timer 802.
  • If no response to the request is received by the transceiver 31, the processor 34 increments a request counter at step 810 and engages another timer 812 for another predetermined period of time (for example, 1 minute). Then, the processor 34 proceeds to resend the heartbeat request at step 814. If a response is received by the transceiver 31 to the resent request, the process concludes at step 808 and the processor again engages the timer 802. If no appropriate response is received, the processor 34 proceeds at step 818 to determine whether the request counter exceeds a predetermined value (for example, a predetermined value of 5). If this value is exceeded, the processor 34 causes at step 820, a heartbeat alarm to be displayed by the display 36 and/or be audibly signaled by the speaker 37, and/or transmits a message via at least one of the transceivers 31, 32 to the access point 40 and/or to another internet-accessible and/or wireless network-accessible recipient. The process then continues at step 808 and the processor once again engages the timer 802. If the predetermined value of the request counter is not exceeded at step 818, the process returns to step 810.
  • One of skill in the art will readily understand that, in addition to requesting a “heartbeat” from the medical device 10, a variety of other measures may be obtained to determine whether communications with a particular medical device 10 can be carried out over the wireless relay network 16. For example, the processor 34 of the wireless relay module 30 a may alternatively instruct the status module 31 b associated with the transceiver 31 to determine one of a variety of measures of signal quality for the wireless relay network signals being received from a medical device 10 (for example, including a signal strength or data rate of the transmitted signal).
  • The architecture disclosed herein for providing networked communications between a series of medical devices and a remote monitoring device provides a number of distinct advantages in comparison to other monitoring systems. By employing wireless relay networks such as ZIGBEE networks based on the IEEE 802.15.4 standard, for wireless communications between the medical devices 10 and relay modules 30, 30 a in accordance with one embodiment, power and size requirements can be minimized so that the interface circuits 15 can be easily and inexpensively applied to and/or integrated with the medical devices 10.
  • By introducing relay modules 30 a that are part of the wireless relay mesh networks with the capacity to access off-site monitoring devices via a WWAN, access to and reliance on existing and potentially unreliable LAN facilities at a facility can be avoided. By incorporating relay features into the relay modules 30 a that relay communications from a first relay module 30 a through a second relay module 30 a in the event that WWAN access to the first relay module 30 a has been compromised, reliability can be improved and the use of conventional, low-cost cellular transceivers can be enabled in the relay modules 30 a for accessing the WWAN.
  • By limiting the configuration of cellular transceivers to just the relay modules 30 a, costs can be further reduced. In addition, providing the relay modules 30 a in a compact enclosure facilitates the relay modules 30 a to be easily connected to reliable commercial power sources and easily moved when needed to reconfigure the wireless relay networks (e.g. a to a mesh network) according to facilities changes. The portability for ambulatory use that is provided by battery back-up is an additional advantage.
  • FIG. 7B presents a flow diagram illustrating a method 700A of identifying a patient that is associated with (that is, intends to receive treatment from or provide patient identification information and/or patient medical and/or physiological data to) a medical device 10 (as depicted, for example, in FIG. 1). At step 702A, the process may be initiated, for example, by actuating the synchronization switch 38 k on the control panel 38 as illustrated in FIG. 3( e) of a relay module 30 a in proximity to the medical device 10. The relay module 30 a enters an identification signal reception mode, in which it waits for a first predetermined interval (for example, using a time-out algorithm) at step 704A to receive patient identification data over the facility-oriented wireless network via the interface device 17 a of a patient identification device 17. The relay module 30 a preferably indicates receipt by presenting an audible or visual signal at the control panel 38, or by broadcasting a receipt signal to the patient identification device 17 over the facility-oriented wireless network.
  • At step 706A, after receipt of the patient identification information, the relay module 30 a waits for a second predetermined interval to receive medical device identification information over the facility-oriented wireless network via the interface circuit 15 of a medical device 10. Once again, the relay module 30 a preferably indicates receipt of this medical device data by presenting an audible or visual signal at the control panel 38, or by broadcasting a receipt signal to medical device 10 over the facility-oriented wireless network. It should be understood that the order of receipt of the patient identification data and the medical device identification information (which may be respectively transmitted, for example, by a caregiver operating the patient identification device 17 and the medical device 10) may be inverted. In addition, the inventive process 700A may optionally first require the caregiver to transmit caregiver identification data (for example, via one of the patient identification device 17 or the medical device 10, or via a sensor provided in the relay module 30 a) which is validated by comparison to a caregiver identification table maintained for example in the memory 35 b of the relay module 30 a, or alternatively by forwarding a validation request to the remote monitoring system at the access point 40 over one or more of the facility-oriented wireless network and WWAN via an associated one of the transceivers 31, 32.
  • At step 708A, upon receipt of each of the patient identification data and the medical device identification data, a verification process is initiated. This process is carried out by the method 700B illustrated in the flow diagram of FIG. 7C.
  • At step 702B of FIG. 7C, a patient identification directory in the memory 35 b of the relay module 30 a is interrogated to determine whether a record is present including the received patient identification data and medical device information data, and if so, whether this record includes a “fresh” time stamp indicating that the record is current (for example, if patient identification is verified on a daily basis, a time stamp during the current day). If the time stamp is current, the record is retrieved from the patient identification directory at step 712B, and an acknowledgement status identified is extracted from the record at step 710B.
  • If the patient identification data and medical device identification data are not present in the patient identification directory, or if the time stamp does not indicate that a record including such data is current, the relay module 30 a proceeds to form a data packet including the patient identification information and medical device identification and to encrypt this packet (for example, using a suitable conventional encryption algorithm such as secure sockets layer (SSL) data encryption) at step 704B, and then transmits the encrypted data packet at step 706B for further validation to the remote monitoring system at the access point 40 over one or more of the facility-oriented wireless network and WWAN via an associated one of the transceivers 31, 32. Alternatively, the patient identification information and/or the medical device identification information may be encrypted by one or more of the patient identification information device or the medical device, and steps 702B, 704B and 712B may be omitted.
  • At step 708B, the relay module receives a reply packet from the remote monitoring system via one of the transceivers 31, 32, and decrypts that packet. At step 710B, the relay module 30 a extracts the acknowledgement status identifier from the decrypted packet. At step 714B, the relay module 30 a preferably adds a record to the patient identification directory in the memory 35 b that includes the patient identification information, the medical device identification information, the acknowledgement status identifier and a current time stamp.
  • Returning to FIG. 7B, at step 710A, the relay module broadcasts the acknowledgement status identifier (preferably together with at least one of the patient identification data or the medical device identification data) via the transceiver 31 to the medical device 10. Upon receipt of the acknowledgement status identifier, the medical device 10 begins operation and transmits medical device data via an associated interface circuit 15 over the facility-oriented wireless network for receipt by the wireless network 30 a at step 712A. The acknowledgement status identifier may preferably be encoded to instruct the medical device 10 to operate with predefined operating parameters. Optionally and alternatively, and before beginning operation, the medical device 10 may transmit a request via the interface circuit 15 to confirm preset operating parameters and/or request additional information. Once the operating parameters are confirmed and operation of the medical device 10 begins, the wireless network 30 a may operate according to the previously-described processes 400, 500 of FIGS. 4, 5.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a flow diagram of a method 8200 for registering medical devices 10 with the system 100B of FIG. 1B. The method 8200 begins at step 8202, at which an authorized technician or other personnel having access to one of the remote monitoring devices 67, 73, 75 provides authenticating credentials (for example, a recognized log-in and password) to the outbound web server 43, and the web server responds by transmitting a device set-up screen to the remote monitoring device 67, 73, 75 requesting medical device identifying information and associated patient identifying information.
  • At step 8204, the outbound web server 43 preferably queries the metadata and application database 46 according to one or more of identifying information for the technician and/or identifying information for the patient to identify an associated patient care database node 60 from a plurality of patient care database nodes for the patient and record a destination address for the associated patient care database node 60 in the metadata and application database 46 in association with the identifying data for the medical device 10 and/or identifying information for the patient. Identifying information for the patient is preferably generated anonymously (for example as a random number), and transmitted at step 8206 to the patient care database node 60 for association with securely-stored patient identifying information. At step 8208 of the method 8200 of FIG. 8, the outbound web server 43 requests that the secure device web server 42 assign an area of the device control database 44 for logging associated medical device data for the medical device 10 as it is received by the device integration server 41, such that it can be later retrieved by the outbound web server 43 upon receiving an authorized request from an authenticated user operating one of the remote monitoring devices 67, 73, 75.
  • It should be readily understood by one skilled in the art that step 8204 of method 8200 for identifying and storing the address of the patient care database node 60 may be omitted if a single patient care database node is utilized with system 100B of FIG. 1B.
  • FIG. 9A presents a flow diagram illustrating a method 9300 for retrieving and viewing medical device data on a remote monitoring device 67, 73, 75 for a registered medical device 10 according to the system of FIG. 1B. The method 9300 begins at step 9302 with a first authorized user having access to one of the first remote monitoring devices 67 provides authenticating credentials (for example, a recognized log-in and password) to the outbound web server 43. In addition, in step 9302, a second authorized user having access to one of the second remote monitoring devices 73, 75 likewise provides respective authenticating credentials to the outbound web server 43
  • At step 9304, based on verification of the authenticating credentials of the first and second authorized users, the outbound web server 43 queries the metadata and applications database 46 to identify the address of patient care database node(s) 60 to which the respective first and second authorized users are entitled to obtain access, and at step 9306, requests data from the patient care database node 60 relating to at least one identified patient for which the first and second user are respectively authorized to view medical device data, including for example a listing of medical devices 10 which are presently associated with the identified patient, and/or status information of the facility-oriented network 17. It should be readily understood that different authenticated users will likely have different levels of sophistication and skill for which a corresponding access level may be associated with their authentication account or status which may further be used, for example, to limit or expand the type and/or extent of medical device data that may be transmitted to the remote monitoring devices for such authenticated users.
  • At step 9308 of the method 9300 of FIG. 9A, the outbound web server 43 queries the device control database 44 via the secure device web server 42 for status information to determine which of the listed medical devices are presently active according to the data logged by the device control database 44. It should be noted that one or more of a medical device 10, its associated interface device 15, an associated wireless relay module 30 and/or the device integration server 41 may be programmed to provide data from the medical device 10 to the device integration server 41 at predetermined, preset intervals or otherwise, which can then be provided to server 43 in response to inquiries therefrom.
  • Upon obtaining the status information, the outbound web server 43 prepares respective display pages with encrypted medical device data, according for example to display information retrieved from the metadata and applications database 46, to display listings of medical devices 10 available for monitoring by respective authorized users at the remote monitoring devices 62, 70, 75. FIG. 9B presents a first screen display 9320 to the remote monitoring devices 62, 70, 75 that provides an array of medical devices 10 available for monitoring according to device type. For example, in the screen display 9320 of FIG. 9B, available device types include ventilators 9321, urology devices 9322, energy delivery devices 9323, pulse oximeters 9324, predictive thermometers 9325, tympanic thermometers 9326 and food pumps 9327. Each of the device types 9321-9327 in FIG. 9B is presented with an identifying label (for example, label 9321A) and an identifying image (for example, image 9321B) for ease of recognition.
  • Once a device type is selected by a user (for example, in response to an associated mouse-over or mouse-click executed by the authorized user), a second screen display 9330 as illustrated by FIG. 9C may preferably be transmitted by the outbound web server 43 for display at the remote monitoring devices 62, 70 or 75. In the display 9330, labels 9337A are provided in association with images 9337B in order to identify individual food pumps (for example, by patient and/or by logical or physical location). Medical devices 10 that are unavailable may for example preferably be depicted with a label 9337A′ (“Off Line”) and an image 9337B′ (depicting the device with a slash or cross applied over the image or shaded or shadowed) that distinguish the unavailable medical devices 10 from available medical devices 10.
  • Once an individual device is selected by the first or second user (for example, once again, in response to an associated mouse-over or mouse-click executed by the authorized user), a third screen display 9340 as illustrated by FIG. 9D may preferably transmitted by the outbound web server 43 for display at the corresponding remote monitoring device 62, 70, 75. In the display 9340, for example, device information of the medical device 10 (in this case, a food pump) is displayed in a screen 9347A preferably recreating a current screen generated and displayed by the medical device 10. In addition, the screen display 9340 includes any of a panel 9347B providing identifying information for the medical device 10 (in this case, a pump location), a panel 9347C for displaying a message indicating a current error condition of the pump, and an icon button 9347D for selecting an alternate “status” mode of the screen display 9340. The screen display 9340 also includes a control icon button 9347E for selecting a system set-up screen display, and a control icon button 9347F for enabling device control from the remote monitoring device 62. For example, upon selecting the control icon 9347F, the screen display 9340 may preferably be refreshed to include the medical devices screen 9347A and one or more operable buttons that mimic the appearance of control buttons on the medical device. The control button features are described in greater detail below in relation to FIGS. 10B and 10C.
  • It should be readily understood that computer screen images 9320, 9330 and 9340 and corresponding navigation depicted by FIGS. 9B, 9C and 9D are for illustration purposes only and that many other user screen images displays and interface tools may be utilized, for example, computer screens that depict accessible medical devices by other means than device type as illustrated in FIG. 9B. For example, as a suitable alternative to the screen image 9340 of FIG. 9D that conveys information from a single medical device, it is possible to implement displays that provide information from multiple medical devices. In addition, it should be readily understood that the outbound web server 43 will preferably be operable to prepare display pages with encrypted medical device data for display on any of a wide variety of display devices (including, for example, workstations, personal computers, tablet devices including tablet computers, and display-based mobile devices including personal digital assistants, smartphones, portable game systems and the like.
  • It should also be readily understood that the computer screen images to be available to first and second users of the first and second remote monitoring devices may be different depending upon whether such user is a clinician, nurse, patient relative or other caregiver, i.e., dependent on level of entitlement of the particular authorized user. For example, a display for a clinician at a first remote monitoring device 62 may enable the clinician to adjust the settings of a subject medical device 10, in contrast to a display for a second remote monitoring device 70, 75 used by a patient relative, which depicts only fundamental information from the medical device data with no option for the patient relative to adjust the medical device settings via the second remote monitoring device 70, 75. Likewise, different encryption methods or formats may be employed for medical device data transmitted to the first remote monitoring device 62 than the second remote monitoring device 70, 75.
  • FIG. 10A presents a flow diagram illustrating a method 1000 for issuing a command to a medical device 10 via the system 100 according to FIG. 1. The method 1000 begins at step 1002 with an authorized user adjusts an operating parameter, such as a clinician (also referred to as a “authorized clinician” or “user” herein) logging into the outbound web server 43 using a first remote monitoring device 62 and navigating to the device screen display 9340 of FIG. 9D (for example, as described above with reference to FIGS. 9A-9D). At step 1004, the clinician proceeds to select the “Enable Full Control” button 9347F of FIG. 9D to initiate an operational command directed to the medical device 10, and is preferably provided with a request for authentication pertaining in particular to the patient associated with the medical device 10. At step 1006, patient authentication information provided by the clinician is forwarded by the outbound web server 43 to a patient care database node 60 according to a patient care database node address stored by the metadata and applications database 46 in association with the clinician, and the clinician is authenticated for the patient by the outbound web server 43 upon receipt of an authentication confirmed message from the patient care database node 60.
  • Upon receipt of the patient authentication, a control request is forwarded by the outbound web server 43 at step 1008 to the secure device web server 42 to be logged in the information record of the device control database 44 that is associated with the medical device 10 (and optionally, with an anonymous ID for the patient). At step 1010, the secure device web server forwards the control request, such as an encrypted control request, to the device integration server 41, which transmits an associated device control command over the secure WWAN 52 for receipt by an associated wireless relay module 30 at step 1012. The wireless relay module 30 wirelessly communicates the command to the medical device 10 via an associated device interface 15, and awaits a reply confirming execution of the command transmitted by the device interface 15.
  • At step 1014, the device integration server 41 receives an update message from the wireless relay module 30 via the secure WWAN 52 which confirms that the command was executed by the medical device 10. At step 1016, the device integration server 41 forwards the update message to the secure device web server 42 to be logged in the information record of the device control database 44 that is associated with the medical device 10. Optionally, and preferably, the secure device web server 42 forwards information pertaining to the update message to the outbound web server 43, and the outbound web server 43 prepares an updated display screen that is securely transmitted to the remote monitoring device 62 to indicate that the command has been executed.
  • Alternatively, at step 1004, the authenticated clinician may select the “System Setup” control icon button 9347E to perform a command other than an operational command directed to the medical device 10. FIG. 10B illustrates a display screen 1050 that is presented to the clinician upon selecting the control icon button 9347E. The display screen 1050 includes a number of icon buttons that may be selected by the clinician (for example, as the result of a mouse-over or mouse-click initiated by the clinician) to select a specific setup command. For example, icon button 1051 may be selected to initiate a command for providing identification information of the medical device 10. Icon button 1052 may be selected to provide text paging in response to an alert condition, as is further described herein. Icon button 1053 may be selected to initiate a software or firmware download for updating the medical device 10.
  • Icon button 1054 may be selected to initiate a diagnostic test of the medical device 10. FIG. 10C illustrates a display screen 1060 that may be displayed to the clinician upon selection of the icon button 1054. Via the display screen 1060 of FIG. 10C, the clinician may select one or more of (including a progression of) a series of diagnostic tests 1061 directed to components of the medical device (for example, including power components, memory components, alarm components and the like). Alternatively and/or in addition, the clinician may select one or more of a series of performance statistics 1062 to be gathered and displayed (for example, including various device error statistics such as feed error, rotor error and flush error rates for a food pump). In addition, perhaps most usefully before issuing a software and/or firmware download command, the clinician may select a version number test 1063 to obtain version identifying information for the software and/or firmware (preferably including, for example, a software and/or firmware download history). Optionally, processes for performing the diagnostic tests 1061, preparing the performance statistics 1062 and identifying the software and/or firmware version number 1063 may run automatically without specifically being selected by the clinician, with a complete reporting of all results on the display screen.
  • In a similar manner to that performed by the method of FIG. 10A, it is possible to issue a bandwidth priority command or instruction to a relay module, such as relay module 30 of FIG. 1, for the relay module to grant priority for relaying information received from a particular medical device relative to other medical devices that may send or receive communications via this relay module. For example, it would be advantageous to provide greater bandwidth priority to a critical care device such as a ventilator supporting the breathing function of a patient relative to a weight scale or thermometer. It is also possible to a number of bandwidth priority levels assignable to respective medical devices based upon, for example, the critical nature of the data or function provided by such devices.
  • Referring again to FIG. 10B, icon button 1055 may be selected to enable the clinician to specify data transfer rates, priorities and other parameters relating to the wireless transceiver of the interface device associated with the medical device. Icon button 1056 may be selected to provide the clinician with the an alarm history, event history and other information as has been logged for example for the medical device in the device control database 44 of FIG. 1.
  • It should be readily understood that the method 1000 for remotely issuing a command to a medical device 10 was described with respect to a user of a first remote monitoring device 62 and not a user of the second remote monitoring 70, 75 because as described for example throughout this application, it is assumed that the user of the first remote monitoring device 62 is a clinician, technician or other highly-skilled healthcare professionals, while the user of the second remote monitoring device 70, 75 may be a patient relative or caregiver of lesser skill. Nevertheless, the method 1000 is likewise useable to enable a user of the second monitoring device 70, 75 to also control particular settings of the medical device 10.
  • FIG. 11A presents a flow diagram illustrating a method 1100 for recognizing and reporting an alert condition according to medical device data (including the status of the facility-oriented network 17) logged via the system 100 according to FIG. 1. The method 1100 begins at step 1102 with the transmission of an alert message by a wireless relay module 30 over the secure WAN 52 to the device integration server 41. In this case, the wireless relay module 30 is configured to analyze (such as by detecting flag or status information or comparing message data to information stored in an associated database) a message type of a message transmitted by an associated medical device 10 to determine that the message is an alert message, and to transmit the message to the device integration server 41 upon determining that the message is an alert message (for example, as a priority message). Alternatively, the wireless relay module 30 may simply queue all messages for transmission to the device integration server 41 in order upon receipt, and rely upon the device integration server 41 to analyze an associated message type to determine that a message is an alert message.
  • Upon determining that the transmitted message is an alert message, the device integration server 41 proceed, at step 1103, to log the message in the device control database 44, and at step 1104, invokes a text messaging application that retrieves text messaging numbers associated with identifying information of the medical device 10 and/or anonymous patient identifying information. The determination of whether the transmitted message is an alert message may be carried out by, for example, detecting an alert flag or trigger identifier in the message or scanning the message for other information indicative of an alert condition. The text messaging application may preferably retrieve the text messaging numbers by querying the metadata and applications database 46 to identify the address of an associated patient care database node 60, and either making a direct request or instructing the outbound web server 43 to request the text messaging numbers from the associated patient care database node 60.
  • At step 1106, the device integration server 41 sends one or more messages including the retrieved text messaging numbers and text message information according to the alert message to one or more wireless relay modules 30 over the secure WWAN 52. At step 1108, the one or more wireless relay modules 30 transmit the text message information addressed to the text messaging numbers over one or more of the secure WWAN 52 and/or the facility-oriented wireless network 17 to complete the method 1100.
  • FIG. 11B illustrates a “Text Paging” 1052 screen display 1150 that may be invoked, for example, by using the method 1000 of FIG. 10A for issuing a command to a medical device 10. Specifically, and with particular reference to FIGS. 9D and 10B, the text paging screen 1150 is displayed at the first remote monitoring device 62 of an authenticated clinician upon the clinician's selection of the “System Setup” icon button 9347 e of the screen display 9340, and thereafter upon the clinician's selection go the “Text Paging” icon button of the screen display 1050. Likewise, it is possible for the paging screen 1150 of FIG. 11B to be displayed on a second remote monitoring device 70, 75 for completion by an authorized user, such as a patient relative or other caregiver. As illustrated in FIG. 11B, the “Text Paging” screen display 1150 include a listing of one or more names 1151 of individuals responsible for responding to alert messages of at least two types: “Error Messages” 1153, which may for example indicate a malfunction of the medical device 10, and/or “Info Messages” 1154, which may for example indicate a significant patient health condition (for example, a patient respiration rate below a preset minimum rate specified for a ventilator device 9321 of FIG. 9B).
  • The information retrieved by the outbound web server 43 to prepare this display is preferable retrieved from the patient care database node 60, by providing on one or more of identifying information for the medical device 10 and/or anonymous patient identifying information stored in the device control database 44. Upon recognizing an alert message for the medical device 10, the information provided on the “Text Paging” screen display may be retrieved by the device integration server 41 by querying the metadata and applications server 46 to retrieve address information for the patient care database node 60, and forwarding a text paging information request to the patient care database node 60 based upon one or more of identifying information for the medical device 10 and/or anonymous patient identifying information stored in the device control database 44. The recognition of whether the received message from the medical device 10 is an alert message may be carried out by, for example, detecting an alert flag or trigger identifier in the message or scanning the message for other information indicative of an alert condition.
  • It should be readily understood that the use of communicating alert messages using text messaging in FIGS. 11A and 11B is for ease of illustration purposes only and that such alerts may be communicated in other ways including email, audio messages via telephone calls, as well as any other wired and/or wireless text, audio, or multimedia based communication services receivable by, for example, by a smart phone or computer tablet software application or “App.”
  • FIG. 12 shows an illustrative computer system 1200 suitable for implementing server and computer components (for example, including device integration server 41, secure device web server 42, outbound web server 43, and secure patient web server 64). The computer system 1200 as described herein may comprise, for example, a personal computer running the WINDOWS operating system, or a server computer running, WINDOWS Server, LINUX or another UNIX-based operating system. Alternatively, the computer system 1200 described herein may comprise a mobile device, tablet devices or computers, or information appliance running, for example, an operating system in the group including Symbian, Android, Apple iOS, Blackberry, Microsoft Windows Phone, Linux, Palm/HP WebOS, BADA, MAEMO and MEEGO. The above-described methods carried out by the server and computer components may be implemented on the computer system 1200 as stored program control instructions directed to control application software.
  • Computer system 1200 includes processor 1210, memory 1220, storage device 1230 and input/output devices 1240. One of the input/output devices 1240 may preferably include a display 1245. Some or all of the components 1210, 1220, 1230 and 1240 may be interconnected by a system bus 1250. Processor 1210 may be single or multi-threaded, and may have one or more cores. Processor 1210 executes instructions which, in the disclosed embodiments, are the steps described, for example, in one or more of FIG. 8, 9A, 10A or 11A. These instructions may be stored in one or more of memory 1220 or in storage device 1230. Information may be received and output using one or input/output devices 1240. Memory 1220 may store information and may comprise a computer-readable medium, such as volatile or non-volatile memory. Storage device 1230 may provide storage for system 1200 including for the example, the previously described database, and may be a computer-readable medium. In various aspects, storage device 1230 may be one or more of a flash memory device, a floppy disk drive, a hard disk device, and optical disk device, and/or a tape device.
  • Input devices 1240 may provide input/output operations for system 1200. Input/output devices 1240 may include one or more of a keyboard, a pointing device, and/or microphone. Input/output devices 1240 may further include a display unit for displaying graphical user interfaces, a speaker and a printer and any of a number of other serial devices (for example, configured as Universal Serial Bus (USB)-based devices

Claims (30)

What is claimed is:
1. A process for providing communications between a medical device to be used by a patient and a remote monitoring device via an internet-accessible wireless communications network, said process comprising:
obtaining identification information identifying the patient;
obtaining identification information identifying the medical device transmitting each of the patient identification information and the medical device identification information to the remote monitoring device via the internet-accessible wireless communications network;
receiving an acknowledgement status from the remote monitoring device via the internet-accessible wireless communications network; and
transmitting data corresponding to an output of at least one sensor of the medical device for said patient by the medical device via the internet-accessible wireless communications network when the received acknowledgement status represents a particular status.
2. The process of claim 1, wherein said particular status represents an authorization of use of the medical device by the patient based upon a pre-authorization record for the patient.
3. The process of claim 1, further comprising encrypting the patient identification information prior to transmitting the patient identification information to the remote monitoring device.
4. The process of claim 1, further comprising encrypting the medical device identification information prior to transmitting the medical device information to the remote monitoring device.
5. The process of claim 1, wherein transmitting the patient identification information to the remote monitoring device comprises:
receiving the patient identification information at the medical device; and
transmitting the patient identification information from the medical device via the internet-accessible wireless communications network to the remote monitoring device.
6. The process of claim 5, wherein the medical device performs said transmitting the medical device identification information to the remote monitoring device.
7. The process of claim 6, wherein the patient identification information and the medical device identification information are transmitted by the medical device to the remote monitoring device in a single information block.
8. The process of claim 1, wherein obtaining the patient identification information comprises reading the patient identification information by a patient identification information reader.
9. The process of claim 8, further comprising coupling the patient identification information reader to the medical device.
10. The process of claim 8, further comprising transmitting the patient identification information from the patient identification information reader to the medical device via a wireless relay network.
11. The process of claim 8, further comprising transmitting the patient identification information from the patient identification information reader to a wireless relay module via a wireless relay network.
12. The process of claim 10, further comprising providing wireless bandwidth priority for the patient identification information reader by the medical device.
13. The process of claim 11, further comprising providing wireless bandwidth priority for the patient identification information reader by the relay module.
14. The process of claim 8, wherein obtaining the patient identification information comprises reading bar-coded reader patient identification information.
15. The process of claim 8, wherein obtaining the patient identification information comprises reading a radio frequency identification (RFID).
16. The process of claim 8, wherein obtaining the patient identification information comprises obtaining one or more sources of identification information from one or more of fingerprints, retinal scans, vein-pattern scans and optical images.
17. The process of claim 8, wherein the patient identification information reader comprises a device selected from one or more of smartphones, tablet computers, personal digital assistants (PDAs), cell phones and pagers.
18. The process of claim 1, wherein one or more of transmitting the patient identification information or transmitting the medical device identification information to the remote device comprises transmitting the identification information via a wireless relay module.
19. The process of claim 18, further comprising:
storing one or more of the patient identification information and the medical device identification information by the wireless relay module.
20. The process of claim 19, wherein the wireless relay module transmits the patient identification information and the medical device identification information together in a single information block.
21. The process of claim 18, further comprising transmitting one or more of the patient identification information or the medical device identification information via the internet-accessible wireless communications network from the wireless relay module to the remote monitoring device.
22. The process of claim 21, wherein the wireless relay module transmits the patient identification information or medical device identification information to at least one other wireless relay module and the at least one other wireless relay module forwards the identification information via the internet-accessible wireless communications network to the remote monitoring device.
23. The process of claim 1, wherein said particular status represents an authorized use of the medical device by the patient obtained in response to a confirmation query conducted by the remote monitoring device.
24. The process of claim 1, further comprising transmitting a confirmation query request to the remote monitoring device via the internet-accessible wireless communications network.
25. The process of claim 24, wherein the confirmation query request comprises authorization identification information.
26. The process of claim 18, further comprising:
transmitting a prompt for the medical device identification information by the wireless relay module to the medical device; and
transmitting a prompt for the patient identification information by the wireless relay module to one on the medical device or to a patient identification device.
27. The process of claim 26, wherein the patient identification information and the medical device identification information is transmitted by the wireless relay module in a single information block.
28. The process of claim 26, further comprising receiving the medical device identification information from the medical device at the wireless relay module, and wherein transmitting the prompt for the patient identification information by the wireless relay module occurs after receiving the medical device information by the wireless relay module.
29. The process of claim 26, further comprising receiving the patient identification information from the medical device or the patient identification device by the wireless relay module, and wherein transmitting the medical device identification information and the patient identification information by the wireless relay device module occurs after receiving the medical device identification information and receiving the patient identification information by the wireless relay module.
30. The process of claim 29, wherein transmitting the medical device identification information and the patient identification information by the wireless relay module is performed after determining that the value of an indicator of an elapsed time at the wireless relay module between transmitting the prompt for the patient identification and receiving the patient identification information is within a predetermined time-out period.
US14/462,025 2011-01-14 2014-08-18 Wireless Relay Module For Remote Monitoring Systems Abandoned US20150070187A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/462,025 US20150070187A1 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-08-18 Wireless Relay Module For Remote Monitoring Systems
US14/501,632 US20150099458A1 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-09-30 Network-Capable Medical Device for Remote Monitoring Systems

Applications Claiming Priority (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/006,769 US8818260B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-01-14 Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems
US13/006,784 US8897198B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-01-14 Medical device wireless network architectures
US13/037,886 US8694600B2 (en) 2011-03-01 2011-03-01 Remote monitoring systems for monitoring medical devices via wireless communication networks
US13/241,620 US8798527B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-09-23 Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems
US13/334,447 US8903308B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-12-22 System and method for patient identification in a remote monitoring system
US13/334,463 US20130162426A1 (en) 2011-12-22 2011-12-22 Wireless Relay Module For Remote Monitoring Systems Having Alarm And Display Functionality
US13/334,459 US8855550B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-12-22 Wireless relay module having emergency call functionality
US13/352,608 US9495511B2 (en) 2011-03-01 2012-01-18 Remote monitoring systems and methods for medical devices
US13/352,575 US8811888B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2012-01-18 Wireless relay module for monitoring network status
US13/353,565 US9020419B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2012-01-19 Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems having power and medical device proximity monitoring functionality
US14/154,285 US8943168B2 (en) 2011-03-01 2014-01-14 Remote monitoring systems for monitoring medical devices via wireless communication networks
US14/308,881 US20140348054A1 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-06-19 Wireless Relay Module for Remote Monitoring Systems
US14/462,025 US20150070187A1 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-08-18 Wireless Relay Module For Remote Monitoring Systems

Related Parent Applications (7)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/006,769 Continuation US8818260B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-01-14 Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems
US13/241,620 Continuation US8798527B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-09-23 Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems
US13/334,459 Continuation US8855550B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-12-22 Wireless relay module having emergency call functionality
US13/334,447 Continuation US8903308B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-12-22 System and method for patient identification in a remote monitoring system
US13/352,608 Continuation US9495511B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2012-01-18 Remote monitoring systems and methods for medical devices
US14/154,285 Continuation US8943168B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-01-14 Remote monitoring systems for monitoring medical devices via wireless communication networks
US14/308,881 Continuation US20140348054A1 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-06-19 Wireless Relay Module for Remote Monitoring Systems

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/006,769 Continuation-In-Part US8818260B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-01-14 Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20150070187A1 true US20150070187A1 (en) 2015-03-12

Family

ID=46490694

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/241,620 Active 2031-07-24 US8798527B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-09-23 Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems
US14/308,881 Abandoned US20140348054A1 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-06-19 Wireless Relay Module for Remote Monitoring Systems
US14/462,025 Abandoned US20150070187A1 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-08-18 Wireless Relay Module For Remote Monitoring Systems

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/241,620 Active 2031-07-24 US8798527B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2011-09-23 Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems
US14/308,881 Abandoned US20140348054A1 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-06-19 Wireless Relay Module for Remote Monitoring Systems

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (3) US8798527B2 (en)

Cited By (160)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140272771A1 (en) * 2013-03-12 2014-09-18 Biolase, Inc. Dental Laser Unit with Communication Link to Assistance Center
US20150382215A1 (en) * 2014-06-27 2015-12-31 Google Inc. End-to-end network diagnostics
US20160085932A1 (en) * 2014-09-24 2016-03-24 Nihon Kohden Corporation Medical system
CN105847331A (en) * 2016-03-16 2016-08-10 北京邮电大学 Chronic disease recovery remote communication support system based on cyber physical system (CPS)
US9717466B2 (en) * 2014-11-20 2017-08-01 At&T Mobility Ii Llc System for convergence of alarms from medical equipment
US20170336491A1 (en) * 2016-05-23 2017-11-23 General Electric Company Method and apparatus for tracking a device
US20180162636A1 (en) * 2016-12-13 2018-06-14 Sigma-Aldrich International Gmbh Electronics assembly for wireless transmission of at least one status information
US20180242382A1 (en) * 2017-01-06 2018-08-23 Sorenson Ip Holdings, Llc Establishment of communication between devices
US10425355B1 (en) * 2013-02-04 2019-09-24 HCA Holdings, Inc. Data stream processing for dynamic resource scheduling
US10474839B2 (en) * 2017-07-07 2019-11-12 Sociedad Espanola De Electromedicina Y Calidad, S.A. System and method for controlling access to a medical device
US20190392938A1 (en) * 2017-02-08 2019-12-26 Fresenius Vial Sas System and method for communicating information between a multiplicity of medical pump devices and at least one communication device
US20200092259A1 (en) * 2016-12-21 2020-03-19 Gambro Lundia Ab Medical device system including information technology infrastructure having secure cluster domain supporting external domain
US20200105120A1 (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-02 International Business Machines Corporation Emergency detection and notification system
US10755813B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2020-08-25 Ethicon Llc Communication of smoke evacuation system parameters to hub or cloud in smoke evacuation module for interactive surgical platform
US10849697B2 (en) * 2017-12-28 2020-12-01 Ethicon Llc Cloud interface for coupled surgical devices
US10892899B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Self describing data packets generated at an issuing instrument
US10892995B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Surgical network determination of prioritization of communication, interaction, or processing based on system or device needs
US10898622B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Surgical evacuation system with a communication circuit for communication between a filter and a smoke evacuation device
US10922775B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-02-16 Airstrip Ip Holdings, Llc Systems and methods for and displaying patient data
US10932806B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Reactive algorithm for surgical system
US10932872B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Cloud-based medical analytics for linking of local usage trends with the resource acquisition behaviors of larger data set
US10943454B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-03-09 Ethicon Llc Detection and escalation of security responses of surgical instruments to increasing severity threats
US10944728B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-03-09 Ethicon Llc Interactive surgical systems with encrypted communication capabilities
US10966791B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-04-06 Ethicon Llc Cloud-based medical analytics for medical facility segmented individualization of instrument function
US10973520B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-04-13 Ethicon Llc Surgical staple cartridge with firing member driven camming assembly that has an onboard tissue cutting feature
US10991190B1 (en) 2020-07-20 2021-04-27 Abbott Laboratories Digital pass verification systems and methods
US10987178B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-04-27 Ethicon Llc Surgical hub control arrangements
US11013563B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-05-25 Ethicon Llc Drive arrangements for robot-assisted surgical platforms
US11026751B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-06-08 Cilag Gmbh International Display of alignment of staple cartridge to prior linear staple line
US11026687B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-06-08 Cilag Gmbh International Clip applier comprising clip advancing systems
US11042606B2 (en) 2019-11-14 2021-06-22 ResMed Pty Ltd Remote respiratory therapy device management
US11051876B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-07-06 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical evacuation flow paths
US11056244B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-07-06 Cilag Gmbh International Automated data scaling, alignment, and organizing based on predefined parameters within surgical networks
US11058498B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-07-13 Cilag Gmbh International Cooperative surgical actions for robot-assisted surgical platforms
US11069012B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-07-20 Cilag Gmbh International Interactive surgical systems with condition handling of devices and data capabilities
US11076921B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-08-03 Cilag Gmbh International Adaptive control program updates for surgical hubs
DE102020201627A1 (en) 2020-02-10 2021-08-12 Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland Gmbh METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR REMOTE MONITORING OF A MEDICAL DEVICE
US11090047B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-08-17 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an adaptive control system
US11096688B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-08-24 Cilag Gmbh International Rotary driven firing members with different anvil and channel engagement features
US11096693B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-08-24 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment of staple height of at least one row of staples based on the sensed tissue thickness or force in closing
US11100631B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-08-24 Cilag Gmbh International Use of laser light and red-green-blue coloration to determine properties of back scattered light
US11108637B1 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-08-31 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Wireless relay consensus for mesh network architectures
US11109866B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-09-07 Cilag Gmbh International Method for circular stapler control algorithm adjustment based on situational awareness
US11114195B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-09-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with a tissue marking assembly
US11132462B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Data stripping method to interrogate patient records and create anonymized record
US11129611B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staplers with arrangements for maintaining a firing member thereof in a locked configuration unless a compatible cartridge has been installed therein
US11141598B2 (en) * 2016-10-12 2021-10-12 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Failed diagnostic test alert override in an automated external defibrillator (AED)
US11147607B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-10-19 Cilag Gmbh International Bipolar combination device that automatically adjusts pressure based on energy modality
US11160605B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-11-02 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical evacuation sensing and motor control
US11166772B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-11-09 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical hub coordination of control and communication of operating room devices
WO2021231101A1 (en) * 2020-05-12 2021-11-18 Covidien Lp Remote ventilator adjustment
US11179208B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Cloud-based medical analytics for security and authentication trends and reactive measures
US11179204B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Wireless pairing of a surgical device with another device within a sterile surgical field based on the usage and situational awareness of devices
US11179175B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Controlling an ultrasonic surgical instrument according to tissue location
US11202570B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-12-21 Cilag Gmbh International Communication hub and storage device for storing parameters and status of a surgical device to be shared with cloud based analytics systems
US11207067B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-12-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling device with separate rotary driven closure and firing systems and firing member that engages both jaws while firing
US11219453B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2022-01-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling devices with cartridge compatible closure and firing lockout arrangements
US11229436B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-01-25 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system comprising a surgical tool and a surgical hub
US11234756B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-02-01 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical tool with predefined adjustable control algorithm for controlling end effector parameter
US11257589B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-02-22 Cilag Gmbh International Real-time analysis of comprehensive cost of all instrumentation used in surgery utilizing data fluidity to track instruments through stocking and in-house processes
US11253315B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-02-22 Cilag Gmbh International Increasing radio frequency to create pad-less monopolar loop
US11259807B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridges with cam surfaces configured to engage primary and secondary portions of a lockout of a surgical stapling device
US11259806B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling devices with features for blocking advancement of a camming assembly of an incompatible cartridge installed therein
US11259830B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for controlling temperature in ultrasonic device
US11266468B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-03-08 Cilag Gmbh International Cooperative utilization of data derived from secondary sources by intelligent surgical hubs
US11273001B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-03-15 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical hub and modular device response adjustment based on situational awareness
US11278281B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-03-22 Cilag Gmbh International Interactive surgical system
US11278280B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2022-03-22 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a jaw closure lockout
US11284936B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-03-29 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument having a flexible electrode
US11291495B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Interruption of energy due to inadvertent capacitive coupling
US11291510B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication with surgical instrument systems
US20220108794A1 (en) * 2020-10-02 2022-04-07 Loewenstein Medical Technology S.A. Method for updating a ventilator
US11298148B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-04-12 Cilag Gmbh International Live time tissue classification using electrical parameters
US11304745B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical evacuation sensing and display
US11304699B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Method for adaptive control schemes for surgical network control and interaction
US11304763B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Image capturing of the areas outside the abdomen to improve placement and control of a surgical device in use
US11304720B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Activation of energy devices
US11308075B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical network, instrument, and cloud responses based on validation of received dataset and authentication of its source and integrity
US11311306B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical systems for detecting end effector tissue distribution irregularities
US11311342B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-04-26 Cilag Gmbh International Method for communicating with surgical instrument systems
US11317937B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Determining the state of an ultrasonic end effector
US11317915B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Universal cartridge based key feature that unlocks multiple lockout arrangements in different surgical staplers
USD950728S1 (en) 2019-06-25 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridge
US11317919B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Clip applier comprising a clip crimping system
US11324557B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-05-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with a sensing array
USD952144S1 (en) 2019-06-25 2022-05-17 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridge retainer with firing system authentication key
US11337746B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-05-24 Cilag Gmbh International Smart blade and power pulsing
US11357503B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-06-14 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge retainers with frangible retention features and methods of using same
US11364075B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-06-21 Cilag Gmbh International Radio frequency energy device for delivering combined electrical signals
US11369377B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-06-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly with cartridge based retainer configured to unlock a firing lockout
US11376002B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-07-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument cartridge sensor assemblies
US11389164B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-07-19 Cilag Gmbh International Method of using reinforced flexible circuits with multiple sensors to optimize performance of radio frequency devices
US11410259B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-08-09 Cilag Gmbh International Adaptive control program updates for surgical devices
US11419667B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-08-23 Cilag Gmbh International Ultrasonic energy device which varies pressure applied by clamp arm to provide threshold control pressure at a cut progression location
US11424027B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-08-23 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating surgical instrument systems
US11423007B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-08-23 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment of device control programs based on stratified contextual data in addition to the data
US11419630B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-08-23 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system distributed processing
US11432885B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-09-06 Cilag Gmbh International Sensing arrangements for robot-assisted surgical platforms
USD964564S1 (en) 2019-06-25 2022-09-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridge retainer with a closure system authentication key
US11446052B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-09-20 Cilag Gmbh International Variation of radio frequency and ultrasonic power level in cooperation with varying clamp arm pressure to achieve predefined heat flux or power applied to tissue
US11464511B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridges with movable authentication key arrangements
US11464559B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Estimating state of ultrasonic end effector and control system therefor
US11464535B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Detection of end effector emersion in liquid
US11471156B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2022-10-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling devices with improved rotary driven closure systems
US11504192B2 (en) 2014-10-30 2022-11-22 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication with surgical instrument systems
US20220375589A1 (en) * 2019-12-08 2022-11-24 Modo Medical Design Llc Wireless sensor monitoring
US11510741B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-11-29 Cilag Gmbh International Method for producing a surgical instrument comprising a smart electrical system
US11529187B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-12-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical evacuation sensor arrangements
US11540855B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-01-03 Cilag Gmbh International Controlling activation of an ultrasonic surgical instrument according to the presence of tissue
US11563656B2 (en) * 2018-03-19 2023-01-24 Nec Corporation State monitoring device, state monitoring system, and state monitoring method
US11559308B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-01-24 Cilag Gmbh International Method for smart energy device infrastructure
US11559307B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-01-24 Cilag Gmbh International Method of robotic hub communication, detection, and control
US11564573B2 (en) * 2017-12-18 2023-01-31 Drägerwerk AG & Co. KGaA Communication bus
US11564756B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-01-31 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication with surgical instrument systems
US11571234B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-02-07 Cilag Gmbh International Temperature control of ultrasonic end effector and control system therefor
US11576677B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-02-14 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication, processing, display, and cloud analytics
EP4135369A1 (en) * 2021-08-13 2023-02-15 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. Wireless configuration and authorization of a wall unit that pairs with a medical device
US11583462B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2023-02-21 Biolase, Inc. Dental laser unit with communication link to assistance center
US11589888B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-02-28 Cilag Gmbh International Method for controlling smart energy devices
US11589932B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-02-28 Cilag Gmbh International Usage and technique analysis of surgeon / staff performance against a baseline to optimize device utilization and performance for both current and future procedures
US11596291B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-03-07 Cilag Gmbh International Method of compressing tissue within a stapling device and simultaneously displaying of the location of the tissue within the jaws
US11602393B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-03-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical evacuation sensing and generator control
US20230090671A1 (en) * 2021-09-23 2023-03-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Configuration and signaling techniques for scheduled wireless communications
US11612444B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-03-28 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment of a surgical device function based on situational awareness
US11659023B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-05-23 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication
US11666331B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-06-06 Cilag Gmbh International Systems for detecting proximity of surgical end effector to cancerous tissue
US11696760B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-07-11 Cilag Gmbh International Safety systems for smart powered surgical stapling
EP4169439A4 (en) * 2020-06-19 2023-07-19 Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd. WIRELESS MEDICAL DEVICE, CENTRAL MONITORING STATION AND WIRELESS MEDICAL MONITORING SYSTEM AND METHOD
US11744604B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with a hardware-only control circuit
US11771487B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-10-03 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for controlling different electromechanical systems of an electrosurgical instrument
US11786245B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-10-17 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical systems with prioritized data transmission capabilities
US11786251B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-10-17 Cilag Gmbh International Method for adaptive control schemes for surgical network control and interaction
US11801098B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-10-31 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication with surgical instrument systems
US11818052B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-11-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical network determination of prioritization of communication, interaction, or processing based on system or device needs
US11832899B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-12-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical systems with autonomously adjustable control programs
US11832840B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-12-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument having a flexible circuit
US11857152B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-01-02 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical hub spatial awareness to determine devices in operating theater
US11864728B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-01-09 Cilag Gmbh International Characterization of tissue irregularities through the use of mono-chromatic light refractivity
US11871901B2 (en) 2012-05-20 2024-01-16 Cilag Gmbh International Method for situational awareness for surgical network or surgical network connected device capable of adjusting function based on a sensed situation or usage
US11896443B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Control of a surgical system through a surgical barrier
US11896322B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Sensing the patient position and contact utilizing the mono-polar return pad electrode to provide situational awareness to the hub
US11903601B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-02-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a plurality of drive systems
US11911045B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2024-02-27 Cllag GmbH International Method for operating a powered articulating multi-clip applier
US11937769B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-03-26 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication, processing, storage and display
US11969216B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-04-30 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical network recommendations from real time analysis of procedure variables against a baseline highlighting differences from the optimal solution
US11985075B1 (en) 2013-02-04 2024-05-14 C/Hca, Inc. Data stream processing for dynamic resource scheduling
US11998193B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-06-04 Cilag Gmbh International Method for usage of the shroud as an aspect of sensing or controlling a powered surgical device, and a control algorithm to adjust its default operation
US12029506B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-07-09 Cilag Gmbh International Method of cloud based data analytics for use with the hub
US12035890B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-07-16 Cilag Gmbh International Method of sensing particulate from smoke evacuated from a patient, adjusting the pump speed based on the sensed information, and communicating the functional parameters of the system to the hub
US12062442B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-08-13 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating surgical instrument systems
US12124861B1 (en) 2018-08-20 2024-10-22 C/Hca, Inc. Disparate data aggregation for user interface customization
US12127729B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-10-29 Cilag Gmbh International Method for smoke evacuation for surgical hub
US12133773B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-11-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical hub and modular device response adjustment based on situational awareness
US12226151B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-02-18 Cilag Gmbh International Capacitive coupled return path pad with separable array elements
US12232841B2 (en) 2015-10-27 2025-02-25 Dexcom, Inc. Sharing continuous glucose data and reports
US12272448B1 (en) 2020-02-18 2025-04-08 C/Hca, Inc. Predictive resource management
US12303159B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2025-05-20 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for estimating and controlling state of ultrasonic end effector
US12318152B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-06-03 Cilag Gmbh International Computer implemented interactive surgical systems
US12376855B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-08-05 Cilag Gmbh International Safety systems for smart powered surgical stapling
US12396806B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-08-26 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment of a surgical device function based on situational awareness

Families Citing this family (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9596989B2 (en) 2009-03-12 2017-03-21 Raytheon Company Networked symbiotic edge user infrastructure
CN102667423B (en) 2009-10-16 2016-06-08 太空实验室健康护理有限公司 light enhanced flow tube
BR112013012329B1 (en) 2010-11-19 2021-05-04 Spacelabs Healthcare, Llc SCREEN DEVICE FOR USE IN A PATIENT MONITORING SYSTEM AND PATIENT MONITORING SYSTEM
US9495511B2 (en) 2011-03-01 2016-11-15 Covidien Lp Remote monitoring systems and methods for medical devices
US8897198B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-11-25 Covidien Lp Medical device wireless network architectures
US9020419B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2015-04-28 Covidien, LP Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems having power and medical device proximity monitoring functionality
US8811888B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-08-19 Covidien Lp Wireless relay module for monitoring network status
US8818260B2 (en) * 2011-01-14 2014-08-26 Covidien, LP Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems
US8694600B2 (en) 2011-03-01 2014-04-08 Covidien Lp Remote monitoring systems for monitoring medical devices via wireless communication networks
US8855550B2 (en) * 2011-01-14 2014-10-07 Covidien Lp Wireless relay module having emergency call functionality
US8903308B2 (en) * 2011-01-14 2014-12-02 Covidien Lp System and method for patient identification in a remote monitoring system
US9629566B2 (en) 2011-03-11 2017-04-25 Spacelabs Healthcare Llc Methods and systems to determine multi-parameter managed alarm hierarchy during patient monitoring
KR101951358B1 (en) 2011-12-15 2019-02-22 삼성전자주식회사 Wireless power transmitter, wireless power receiver and method for controlling each thereof
US9806537B2 (en) 2011-12-15 2017-10-31 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Apparatus and method for determining whether a power receiver is removed from the apparatus
US20130157571A1 (en) * 2011-12-19 2013-06-20 Dene Robert Iliff System for wireless remote monitoring of alarm events of a medical device and corresponding patient
EP2895975B1 (en) 2012-09-13 2019-06-19 Kpr U.S., Llc Docking station for enteral feeding pump
US10987026B2 (en) 2013-05-30 2021-04-27 Spacelabs Healthcare Llc Capnography module with automatic switching between mainstream and sidestream monitoring
CN105518756A (en) * 2013-09-10 2016-04-20 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Method and monitoring centre for supporting supervision of events
USD746441S1 (en) 2013-09-13 2015-12-29 Covidien Lp Pump
US9918884B2 (en) 2015-04-22 2018-03-20 Kpr U.S., Llc Remote monitoring of absorbent article
CN104809858A (en) * 2015-04-24 2015-07-29 山东中弘信息科技有限公司 Weighing machine remote controller based on Bluetooth technology
CN105030209A (en) * 2015-07-01 2015-11-11 深圳市谷玛鹤健康科技有限公司 Temperature measuring device, central monitoring station and temperature monitoring system and method
WO2017000296A1 (en) * 2015-07-02 2017-01-05 深圳市谷玛鹤健康科技有限公司 Temperature measurement device, central monitoring station, and temperature monitoring system and method therefor
WO2017054249A1 (en) 2015-10-02 2017-04-06 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Adaptive beamforming scanning
CN108780351A (en) * 2015-10-26 2018-11-09 上海依格安全装备有限公司 Monitor system and method
US10004038B2 (en) * 2015-12-01 2018-06-19 Mediatek Inc. Method of bypassing data and mobile device using the same
US11457809B1 (en) 2015-12-08 2022-10-04 Verily Life Sciences Llc NFC beacons for bidirectional communication between an electrochemical sensor and a reader device
WO2017115145A1 (en) 2015-12-31 2017-07-06 Delta Faucet Company Water sensor
CN106828488A (en) * 2016-11-08 2017-06-13 深圳市元征软件开发有限公司 A kind of automobile control method and equipment
DE102018001986A1 (en) * 2017-03-22 2018-09-27 Löwenstein Medical Technology S.A. Method and device for transmitting data from ventilators
JP2019130243A (en) * 2018-02-02 2019-08-08 王子ホールディングス株式会社 Information processing system, notification system, information processing method, notification method, and absorbent article
EP4582023A3 (en) 2019-06-26 2025-07-30 Spacelabs Healthcare LLC Using data from a body worn sensor to modify monitored physiological data

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070186923A1 (en) * 2006-01-06 2007-08-16 Aceirx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Drug storage and dispensing devices and systems comprising the same
US20090063187A1 (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-05 Johnson David C Medical data transport over wireless life critical network employing dynamic communication link mapping
US20100315225A1 (en) * 2009-06-10 2010-12-16 Edward Harrison Teague Identification and connectivity gateway wristband for hospital and medical applications

Family Cites Families (116)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20010011224A1 (en) 1995-06-07 2001-08-02 Stephen James Brown Modular microprocessor-based health monitoring system
EP0601589B1 (en) 1992-12-11 2000-03-08 Siemens Medical Systems, Inc. Transportable modular patient monitor with data acquisition modules
US5451839A (en) 1993-01-12 1995-09-19 Rappaport; Theodore S. Portable real time cellular telephone and pager network system monitor
US6083248A (en) 1995-06-23 2000-07-04 Medtronic, Inc. World wide patient location and data telemetry system for implantable medical devices
US5936539A (en) 1996-03-19 1999-08-10 Siemens Medical Systems, Inc. Method and apparatus for automatic configuration of a network node
US5813972A (en) 1996-09-30 1998-09-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Medical perfusion system with data communications network
JP2933615B1 (en) 1998-07-15 1999-08-16 静岡日本電気株式会社 Channel switching decision device in digital cordless
US6558320B1 (en) 2000-01-20 2003-05-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Handheld personal data assistant (PDA) with a medical device and method of using the same
US6578002B1 (en) 1998-11-25 2003-06-10 Gregory John Derzay Medical diagnostic system service platform
US6377162B1 (en) 1998-11-25 2002-04-23 Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc Medical diagnostic field service method and apparatus
US7028182B1 (en) 1999-02-19 2006-04-11 Nexsys Electronics, Inc. Secure network system and method for transfer of medical information
US8265907B2 (en) 1999-03-03 2012-09-11 Card Guard Scientific Survival Ltd. System and a method for physiological monitoring
US6442433B1 (en) 1999-10-26 2002-08-27 Medtronic, Inc. Apparatus and method for remote troubleshooting, maintenance and upgrade of implantable device systems
US6519569B1 (en) 1999-12-01 2003-02-11 B. Braun Medical, Inc. Security infusion pump with bar code reader
US7645258B2 (en) 1999-12-01 2010-01-12 B. Braun Medical, Inc. Patient medication IV delivery pump with wireless communication to a hospital information management system
US6790198B1 (en) 1999-12-01 2004-09-14 B-Braun Medical, Inc. Patient medication IV delivery pump with wireless communication to a hospital information management system
US7050984B1 (en) 1999-12-22 2006-05-23 Ge Medical Systems, Inc. Integrated interactive service to a plurality of medical diagnostic systems
US6811534B2 (en) 2000-01-21 2004-11-02 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Ambulatory medical apparatus and method using a telemetry system with predefined reception listening periods
US7249036B2 (en) 2000-07-06 2007-07-24 Cary Gresham Bayne Method for clinician house calls utilizing portable computing and communications equipment
US7349947B1 (en) 2000-08-04 2008-03-25 Firelogic, Inc. System and method for managing, manipulating, and analyzing data and devices over a distributed network
WO2002017210A2 (en) 2000-08-18 2002-02-28 Cygnus, Inc. Formulation and manipulation of databases of analyte and associated values
US7185014B1 (en) 2000-09-22 2007-02-27 Axeda Corporation Retrieving data from a server
US8108543B2 (en) 2000-09-22 2012-01-31 Axeda Corporation Retrieving data from a server
US7440904B2 (en) 2000-10-11 2008-10-21 Malik M. Hanson Method and system for generating personal/individual health records
EP1211628B1 (en) 2000-11-30 2014-05-14 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Inhaler and a discharge head control method
US6839753B2 (en) 2001-02-23 2005-01-04 Cardiopulmonary Corporation Network monitoring systems for medical devices
EP1383575A4 (en) 2001-03-28 2010-01-20 Televital Inc System and method for real-time monitoring, assessment, analysis, retrieval, and storage of physiological data over a wide area network
US7103578B2 (en) 2001-05-25 2006-09-05 Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. Remote medical device access
US6747556B2 (en) 2001-07-31 2004-06-08 Medtronic Physio-Control Corp. Method and system for locating a portable medical device
WO2003048919A1 (en) 2001-11-30 2003-06-12 Becton, Dickinson And Company Medication adherence system
US7178149B2 (en) 2002-04-17 2007-02-13 Axeda Corporation XML scripting of soap commands
US7082460B2 (en) 2002-04-19 2006-07-25 Axeda Corporation Configuring a network gateway
US20050288571A1 (en) 2002-08-20 2005-12-29 Welch Allyn, Inc. Mobile medical workstation
US7294105B1 (en) 2002-09-03 2007-11-13 Cheetah Omni, Llc System and method for a wireless medical communication system
US20040204743A1 (en) 2003-01-14 2004-10-14 Mcgrath Thomas J. Remotely operating external medical devices
WO2004070994A2 (en) 2003-02-01 2004-08-19 Baxter International Inc. Wireless medical data communication system and method
AU2004224345B2 (en) 2003-03-21 2010-02-18 Welch Allyn, Inc. Personal status physiologic monitor system and architecture and related monitoring methods
US20050010451A1 (en) 2003-05-08 2005-01-13 University Of Florida Method, system, and apparatus for clinical trial management over a communications network
EP1631929B1 (en) 2003-06-11 2013-08-07 Draeger Medical Systems, Inc. A portable patient monitoring system including location identification capability
EP1692784B1 (en) 2003-12-09 2016-06-29 Awarepoint Corporation Plug-in network appliance
US20060154642A1 (en) 2004-02-20 2006-07-13 Scannell Robert F Jr Medication & health, environmental, and security monitoring, alert, intervention, information and network system with associated and supporting apparatuses
US7630323B2 (en) 2004-03-11 2009-12-08 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Self-configuring wireless personal area network
US7613169B2 (en) 2004-03-16 2009-11-03 Nokia Corporation Enhancement of packet transfer mode when circuit switched resources are requested
EP1728189A2 (en) 2004-03-26 2006-12-06 Convergence Ct System and method for controlling access and use of patient medical data records
US20050243988A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2005-11-03 Barclay Deborah L Telephone switching system and method for alerting for priority calls
US7319386B2 (en) 2004-08-02 2008-01-15 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. Configurable system for alerting caregivers
US8125318B2 (en) 2004-09-10 2012-02-28 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. Wireless control system for a patient-support apparatus
AU2006204886B2 (en) 2005-01-13 2011-08-04 Welch Allyn, Inc. Vital signs monitor
US7717342B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2010-05-18 Hand Held Products, Inc. Data collection device having dynamic access to multiple wireless networks
US7712670B2 (en) 2005-09-28 2010-05-11 Sauerwein Jr James T Data collection device and network having radio signal responsive mode switching
US20070106126A1 (en) 2005-09-30 2007-05-10 Mannheimer Paul D Patient monitoring alarm escalation system and method
US7733224B2 (en) 2006-06-30 2010-06-08 Bao Tran Mesh network personal emergency response appliance
US7761164B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2010-07-20 Medtronic, Inc. Communication system for medical devices
US20070180140A1 (en) 2005-12-03 2007-08-02 Welch James P Physiological alarm notification system
KR101268432B1 (en) 2006-01-09 2013-05-28 삼성전자주식회사 Smart door open and close certification System using Smart Communicator and Method thereof
US20090023391A1 (en) 2006-02-24 2009-01-22 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N. V. Wireless body sensor network
US8002701B2 (en) 2006-03-10 2011-08-23 Angel Medical Systems, Inc. Medical alarm and communication system and methods
US8073008B2 (en) * 2006-04-28 2011-12-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Subnetwork synchronization and variable transmit synchronization techniques for a wireless medical device network
US20070258395A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2007-11-08 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Wireless data communication protocols for a medical device network
US20070254593A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2007-11-01 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Wireless data communication for a medical device network that supports a plurality of data communication modes
US7558622B2 (en) 2006-05-24 2009-07-07 Bao Tran Mesh network stroke monitoring appliance
US7539532B2 (en) 2006-05-12 2009-05-26 Bao Tran Cuffless blood pressure monitoring appliance
US7539533B2 (en) 2006-05-16 2009-05-26 Bao Tran Mesh network monitoring appliance
US7508787B2 (en) 2006-05-31 2009-03-24 Cisco Technology, Inc. Graphical selection of information display for wireless mesh hierarchies
US7949404B2 (en) 2006-06-26 2011-05-24 Medtronic, Inc. Communications network for distributed sensing and therapy in biomedical applications
US7749164B2 (en) 2006-06-28 2010-07-06 The General Electric Company System and method for the processing of alarm and communication information in centralized patient monitoring
US7545318B2 (en) 2006-07-14 2009-06-09 Remotemdx Remote tracking system and device with variable sampling and sending capabilities based on environmental factors
EP1895456A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2008-03-05 Cargo Trax Oy Container unit, mesh network and system reporting container events
ES2642043T3 (en) 2006-09-19 2017-11-15 Kci Licensing, Inc. Reduced pressure treatment system that has possibilities of clearing obstruction and double zone pressure protection
EP2084637A2 (en) 2006-10-24 2009-08-05 Medapps, Inc. Systems and methods for adapter-based communication with a medical device
US8131566B2 (en) 2006-10-24 2012-03-06 Medapps, Inc. System for facility management of medical data and patient interface
US8126728B2 (en) 2006-10-24 2012-02-28 Medapps, Inc. Systems and methods for processing and transmittal of medical data through an intermediary device
US20080108880A1 (en) 2006-11-03 2008-05-08 National Yang-Ming University Wireless transmission apparatus for transmitting physiological parameters and method thereof
US7617342B2 (en) 2007-06-28 2009-11-10 Broadcom Corporation Universal serial bus dongle device with wireless telephony transceiver and system for use therewith
US8515547B2 (en) 2007-08-31 2013-08-20 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Wireless patient communicator for use in a life critical network
US8134459B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2012-03-13 Smiths Medical Asd, Inc. Wireless telecommunications system adaptable for patient monitoring
US7940168B2 (en) 2007-11-19 2011-05-10 Intel-Ge Care Innovations Llc System, apparatus and method for automated emergency assistance with manual cancellation
US7965195B2 (en) 2008-01-20 2011-06-21 Current Technologies, Llc System, device and method for providing power outage and restoration notification
US20100085948A1 (en) 2008-01-31 2010-04-08 Noosphere Communications, Inc. Apparatuses for Hybrid Wired and Wireless Universal Access Networks
KR101002020B1 (en) 2008-03-27 2010-12-16 계명대학교 산학협력단 Real-time electrocardiogram monitoring system and method, patch type electrocardiogram measuring device, communication device
US8275347B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2012-09-25 At&T Mobility Ii Llc Emergency alert initiation via a mobile device
EP2265966A4 (en) 2008-04-08 2014-06-04 Google Inc Modular cell phone for fixed mobile convergence
JP5497741B2 (en) 2008-05-08 2014-05-21 コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェ Wireless communication system for medical data
US8490156B2 (en) 2008-05-13 2013-07-16 At&T Mobility Ii Llc Interface for access management of FEMTO cell coverage
US20100027518A1 (en) 2008-07-31 2010-02-04 Yu Wang Real-time visualization of wireless network status
US7917438B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2011-03-29 Expanse Networks, Inc. System for secure mobile healthcare selection
US8493946B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2013-07-23 Digi International Inc. Identifying a desired mesh network in a multiple network environment
WO2010077851A2 (en) 2008-12-15 2010-07-08 Corventis, Inc. Patient monitoring systems and methods
US8538004B2 (en) * 2008-12-30 2013-09-17 Sony Corporation Sony Mobile Communications AB Method and apparatus for relaying calls
US8750222B2 (en) 2009-02-02 2014-06-10 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Transciever device for on-body and off-body communications
CN102308278A (en) 2009-02-04 2012-01-04 雅培糖尿病护理公司 Multi-function analyte test device and methods therefor
US7873772B2 (en) 2009-02-17 2011-01-18 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Portable and programmable medical device
EP2227063B1 (en) 2009-03-04 2012-03-14 Fujitsu Limited Improvements to wireless sensor networks
US9596989B2 (en) 2009-03-12 2017-03-21 Raytheon Company Networked symbiotic edge user infrastructure
US8208891B2 (en) 2009-05-01 2012-06-26 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Methods and systems for relaying out of range emergency information
US8606173B2 (en) 2009-06-11 2013-12-10 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Communication relay method and apparatus based on object sensing function
US8190651B2 (en) 2009-06-15 2012-05-29 Nxstage Medical, Inc. System and method for identifying and pairing devices
WO2011046908A1 (en) 2009-10-13 2011-04-21 Cardiopulmonary Corporation Method and apparatus for displaying data from medical devices
US8334768B2 (en) 2009-12-22 2012-12-18 Mindray Ds Usa, Inc. Systems and methods for determining a location of a medical device
CN102823294B (en) 2010-04-06 2016-04-13 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 For carrying out the method for fast link layer handoff in heterogeneous network
JP5789657B2 (en) 2010-04-06 2015-10-07 コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェ Reliable delivery system and method for life critical alarms via shared wireless channels
EP2556650B1 (en) 2010-04-08 2017-05-17 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Patient monitoring over heterogeneous networks
JP2011254132A (en) 2010-05-31 2011-12-15 Fujitsu Ltd Relay station and relay method, and wireless communication system
US20120004925A1 (en) 2010-06-30 2012-01-05 Microsoft Corporation Health care policy development and execution
US8897198B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-11-25 Covidien Lp Medical device wireless network architectures
US8811888B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-08-19 Covidien Lp Wireless relay module for monitoring network status
US8855550B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-10-07 Covidien Lp Wireless relay module having emergency call functionality
US9020419B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2015-04-28 Covidien, LP Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems having power and medical device proximity monitoring functionality
US9495511B2 (en) 2011-03-01 2016-11-15 Covidien Lp Remote monitoring systems and methods for medical devices
US8818260B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-08-26 Covidien, LP Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems
US20130162426A1 (en) 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Wireless Relay Module For Remote Monitoring Systems Having Alarm And Display Functionality
US8694600B2 (en) 2011-03-01 2014-04-08 Covidien Lp Remote monitoring systems for monitoring medical devices via wireless communication networks
US8903308B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-12-02 Covidien Lp System and method for patient identification in a remote monitoring system
JP6166253B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2017-07-19 ゾール メディカル コーポレイションZOLL Medical Corporation Controller and method for adapting alarms in wearable medical devices
US20120256751A1 (en) 2011-04-08 2012-10-11 Madhu Nallabelli Talking Power Management Utility
US9041530B2 (en) 2012-04-18 2015-05-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Biometric attribute anomaly detection system with adjusting notifications

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070186923A1 (en) * 2006-01-06 2007-08-16 Aceirx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Drug storage and dispensing devices and systems comprising the same
US20090063187A1 (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-05 Johnson David C Medical data transport over wireless life critical network employing dynamic communication link mapping
US20100315225A1 (en) * 2009-06-10 2010-12-16 Edward Harrison Teague Identification and connectivity gateway wristband for hospital and medical applications

Cited By (291)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11871901B2 (en) 2012-05-20 2024-01-16 Cilag Gmbh International Method for situational awareness for surgical network or surgical network connected device capable of adjusting function based on a sensed situation or usage
US11985075B1 (en) 2013-02-04 2024-05-14 C/Hca, Inc. Data stream processing for dynamic resource scheduling
US10425355B1 (en) * 2013-02-04 2019-09-24 HCA Holdings, Inc. Data stream processing for dynamic resource scheduling
US10561560B2 (en) * 2013-03-12 2020-02-18 Biolase, Inc. Dental laser unit with communication link to assistance center
US20140272771A1 (en) * 2013-03-12 2014-09-18 Biolase, Inc. Dental Laser Unit with Communication Link to Assistance Center
US12016803B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2024-06-25 Biolase, Inc. Dental laser unit with communication link to assistance center
US11583462B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2023-02-21 Biolase, Inc. Dental laser unit with communication link to assistance center
US10922775B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-02-16 Airstrip Ip Holdings, Llc Systems and methods for and displaying patient data
US20150382215A1 (en) * 2014-06-27 2015-12-31 Google Inc. End-to-end network diagnostics
US10154423B2 (en) * 2014-06-27 2018-12-11 Google Llc End-to-end network diagnostics
US20160085932A1 (en) * 2014-09-24 2016-03-24 Nihon Kohden Corporation Medical system
US11504192B2 (en) 2014-10-30 2022-11-22 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication with surgical instrument systems
US9993210B2 (en) 2014-11-20 2018-06-12 At&T Mobility Ii Llc System for convergence of alarms from medical equipment
US9717466B2 (en) * 2014-11-20 2017-08-01 At&T Mobility Ii Llc System for convergence of alarms from medical equipment
US12232841B2 (en) 2015-10-27 2025-02-25 Dexcom, Inc. Sharing continuous glucose data and reports
CN105847331A (en) * 2016-03-16 2016-08-10 北京邮电大学 Chronic disease recovery remote communication support system based on cyber physical system (CPS)
US10598761B2 (en) * 2016-05-23 2020-03-24 General Electric Company Method and apparatus for tracking a device
US20170336491A1 (en) * 2016-05-23 2017-11-23 General Electric Company Method and apparatus for tracking a device
US11141598B2 (en) * 2016-10-12 2021-10-12 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Failed diagnostic test alert override in an automated external defibrillator (AED)
US20180162636A1 (en) * 2016-12-13 2018-06-14 Sigma-Aldrich International Gmbh Electronics assembly for wireless transmission of at least one status information
US10618726B2 (en) * 2016-12-13 2020-04-14 Sigma-Aldrich International Gmbh Electronics assembly for wireless transmission of at least one status information
US11516183B2 (en) * 2016-12-21 2022-11-29 Gambro Lundia Ab Medical device system including information technology infrastructure having secure cluster domain supporting external domain
US20200092259A1 (en) * 2016-12-21 2020-03-19 Gambro Lundia Ab Medical device system including information technology infrastructure having secure cluster domain supporting external domain
US20180242382A1 (en) * 2017-01-06 2018-08-23 Sorenson Ip Holdings, Llc Establishment of communication between devices
US20190392938A1 (en) * 2017-02-08 2019-12-26 Fresenius Vial Sas System and method for communicating information between a multiplicity of medical pump devices and at least one communication device
US11423170B2 (en) 2017-07-07 2022-08-23 Sociedad Espanola De Electromedicina Y Calidad, S.A System and method for controlling access to a medical device
US10474839B2 (en) * 2017-07-07 2019-11-12 Sociedad Espanola De Electromedicina Y Calidad, S.A. System and method for controlling access to a medical device
US12329467B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2025-06-17 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication with surgical instrument systems
US11071560B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-07-27 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical clip applier comprising adaptive control in response to a strain gauge circuit
US11911045B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2024-02-27 Cllag GmbH International Method for operating a powered articulating multi-clip applier
US11925373B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2024-03-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical suturing instrument comprising a non-circular needle
US10980560B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-04-20 Ethicon Llc Surgical instrument systems comprising feedback mechanisms
US11819231B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-11-21 Cilag Gmbh International Adaptive control programs for a surgical system comprising more than one type of cartridge
US11801098B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-10-31 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication with surgical instrument systems
US11793537B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-10-24 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an adaptive electrical system
US11759224B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-09-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument systems comprising handle arrangements
US11026713B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-06-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical clip applier configured to store clips in a stored state
US11026712B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-06-08 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments comprising a shifting mechanism
US11696778B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-07-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical dissectors configured to apply mechanical and electrical energy
US11026687B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-06-08 Cilag Gmbh International Clip applier comprising clip advancing systems
US11648022B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-05-16 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument systems comprising battery arrangements
US11229436B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-01-25 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system comprising a surgical tool and a surgical hub
US11045197B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-06-29 Cilag Gmbh International Clip applier comprising a movable clip magazine
US11051836B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-07-06 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical clip applier comprising an empty clip cartridge lockout
US11602366B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-03-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical suturing instrument configured to manipulate tissue using mechanical and electrical power
US10932806B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Reactive algorithm for surgical system
US11564756B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-01-31 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication with surgical instrument systems
US11564703B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-01-31 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical suturing instrument comprising a capture width which is larger than trocar diameter
US10959744B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-03-30 Ethicon Llc Surgical dissectors and manufacturing techniques
US11291465B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments comprising a lockable end effector socket
US11510741B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-11-29 Cilag Gmbh International Method for producing a surgical instrument comprising a smart electrical system
US12035983B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2024-07-16 Cilag Gmbh International Method for producing a surgical instrument comprising a smart electrical system
US12059218B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2024-08-13 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication with surgical instrument systems
US12121255B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2024-10-22 Cilag Gmbh International Electrical power output control based on mechanical forces
US11207090B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-12-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments comprising a biased shifting mechanism
US11413042B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-08-16 Cilag Gmbh International Clip applier comprising a reciprocating clip advancing member
US11103268B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-08-31 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical clip applier comprising adaptive firing control
US11406390B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-08-09 Cilag Gmbh International Clip applier comprising interchangeable clip reloads
US11109878B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-09-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical clip applier comprising an automatic clip feeding system
US11317919B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Clip applier comprising a clip crimping system
US11123070B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-09-21 Cilag Gmbh International Clip applier comprising a rotatable clip magazine
US11129636B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments comprising an articulation drive that provides for high articulation angles
US11311342B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-04-26 Cilag Gmbh International Method for communicating with surgical instrument systems
US11291510B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication with surgical instrument systems
US11141160B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-10-12 Cilag Gmbh International Clip applier comprising a motor controller
US12274528B2 (en) * 2017-12-18 2025-04-15 Drägerwerk AG & Co. KGaA Communication bus
US11564573B2 (en) * 2017-12-18 2023-01-31 Drägerwerk AG & Co. KGaA Communication bus
US20230147450A1 (en) * 2017-12-18 2023-05-11 Drägerwerk AG & Co. KGaA Communication bus
US11464535B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Detection of end effector emersion in liquid
US11612408B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-03-28 Cilag Gmbh International Determining tissue composition via an ultrasonic system
US12396806B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-08-26 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment of a surgical device function based on situational awareness
US11179208B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Cloud-based medical analytics for security and authentication trends and reactive measures
US11179204B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Wireless pairing of a surgical device with another device within a sterile surgical field based on the usage and situational awareness of devices
US11179175B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-11-23 Cilag Gmbh International Controlling an ultrasonic surgical instrument according to tissue location
US12383115B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-08-12 Cilag Gmbh International Method for smart energy device infrastructure
US11202570B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-12-21 Cilag Gmbh International Communication hub and storage device for storing parameters and status of a surgical device to be shared with cloud based analytics systems
US12376855B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-08-05 Cilag Gmbh International Safety systems for smart powered surgical stapling
US12318152B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-06-03 Cilag Gmbh International Computer implemented interactive surgical systems
US11213359B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-01-04 Cilag Gmbh International Controllers for robot-assisted surgical platforms
US12310586B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-05-27 Cilag Gmbh International Method for adaptive control schemes for surgical network control and interaction
US12295674B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-05-13 Cilag Gmbh International Usage and technique analysis of surgeon / staff performance against a baseline to optimize device utilization and performance for both current and future procedures
US11160605B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-11-02 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical evacuation sensing and motor control
US11234756B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-02-01 Cilag Gmbh International Powered surgical tool with predefined adjustable control algorithm for controlling end effector parameter
US11257589B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-02-22 Cilag Gmbh International Real-time analysis of comprehensive cost of all instrumentation used in surgery utilizing data fluidity to track instruments through stocking and in-house processes
US11253315B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-02-22 Cilag Gmbh International Increasing radio frequency to create pad-less monopolar loop
US10755813B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2020-08-25 Ethicon Llc Communication of smoke evacuation system parameters to hub or cloud in smoke evacuation module for interactive surgical platform
US12256995B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-03-25 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical network recommendations from real time analysis of procedure variables against a baseline highlighting differences from the optimal solution
US12239320B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-03-04 Cilag Gmbh International Method of using reinforced flexible circuits with multiple sensors to optimize performance of radio frequency devices
US11266468B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-03-08 Cilag Gmbh International Cooperative utilization of data derived from secondary sources by intelligent surgical hubs
US11273001B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-03-15 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical hub and modular device response adjustment based on situational awareness
US12232729B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-02-25 Cilag Gmbh International Systems for detecting proximity of surgical end effector to cancerous tissue
US11278281B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-03-22 Cilag Gmbh International Interactive surgical system
US10849697B2 (en) * 2017-12-28 2020-12-01 Ethicon Llc Cloud interface for coupled surgical devices
US11284936B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-03-29 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument having a flexible electrode
US12226151B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-02-18 Cilag Gmbh International Capacitive coupled return path pad with separable array elements
US11147607B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-10-19 Cilag Gmbh International Bipolar combination device that automatically adjusts pressure based on energy modality
US11291495B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Interruption of energy due to inadvertent capacitive coupling
US12226166B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-02-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with a sensing array
US12207817B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-01-28 Cilag Gmbh International Safety systems for smart powered surgical stapling
US12193636B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-01-14 Cilag Gmbh International Characterization of tissue irregularities through the use of mono-chromatic light refractivity
US12193766B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2025-01-14 Cilag Gmbh International Situationally aware surgical system configured for use during a surgical procedure
US12144518B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-11-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical systems for detecting end effector tissue distribution irregularities
US12137991B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-11-12 Cilag Gmbh International Display arrangements for robot-assisted surgical platforms
US11304745B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical evacuation sensing and display
US11304699B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Method for adaptive control schemes for surgical network control and interaction
US11304763B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Image capturing of the areas outside the abdomen to improve placement and control of a surgical device in use
US11304720B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Activation of energy devices
US11308075B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical network, instrument, and cloud responses based on validation of received dataset and authentication of its source and integrity
US11311306B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-04-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical systems for detecting end effector tissue distribution irregularities
US11132462B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Data stripping method to interrogate patient records and create anonymized record
US12133660B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-11-05 Cilag Gmbh International Controlling a temperature of an ultrasonic electromechanical blade according to frequency
US12133709B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-11-05 Cilag Gmbh International Communication hub and storage device for storing parameters and status of a surgical device to be shared with cloud based analytics systems
US12133773B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-11-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical hub and modular device response adjustment based on situational awareness
US11114195B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-09-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with a tissue marking assembly
US11324557B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-05-10 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with a sensing array
US12127729B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-10-29 Cilag Gmbh International Method for smoke evacuation for surgical hub
US10892899B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Self describing data packets generated at an issuing instrument
US12096916B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-09-24 Cilag Gmbh International Method of sensing particulate from smoke evacuated from a patient, adjusting the pump speed based on the sensed information, and communicating the functional parameters of the system to the hub
US12096985B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-09-24 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical network recommendations from real time analysis of procedure variables against a baseline highlighting differences from the optimal solution
US12076010B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-09-03 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument cartridge sensor assemblies
US12062442B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-08-13 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating surgical instrument systems
US11364075B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-06-21 Cilag Gmbh International Radio frequency energy device for delivering combined electrical signals
US12059169B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-08-13 Cilag Gmbh International Controlling an ultrasonic surgical instrument according to tissue location
US11376002B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-07-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument cartridge sensor assemblies
US11382697B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-07-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments comprising button circuits
US10892995B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-01-12 Ethicon Llc Surgical network determination of prioritization of communication, interaction, or processing based on system or device needs
US11389164B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-07-19 Cilag Gmbh International Method of using reinforced flexible circuits with multiple sensors to optimize performance of radio frequency devices
US12059124B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-08-13 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical hub spatial awareness to determine devices in operating theater
US11109866B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-09-07 Cilag Gmbh International Method for circular stapler control algorithm adjustment based on situational awareness
US12053159B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-08-06 Cilag Gmbh International Method of sensing particulate from smoke evacuated from a patient, adjusting the pump speed based on the sensed information, and communicating the functional parameters of the system to the hub
US11410259B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-08-09 Cilag Gmbh International Adaptive control program updates for surgical devices
US12048496B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-07-30 Cilag Gmbh International Adaptive control program updates for surgical hubs
US11419667B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-08-23 Cilag Gmbh International Ultrasonic energy device which varies pressure applied by clamp arm to provide threshold control pressure at a cut progression location
US11424027B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-08-23 Cilag Gmbh International Method for operating surgical instrument systems
US11423007B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-08-23 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment of device control programs based on stratified contextual data in addition to the data
US11100631B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-08-24 Cilag Gmbh International Use of laser light and red-green-blue coloration to determine properties of back scattered light
US12042207B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-07-23 Cilag Gmbh International Estimating state of ultrasonic end effector and control system therefor
US11419630B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-08-23 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system distributed processing
US11432885B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-09-06 Cilag Gmbh International Sensing arrangements for robot-assisted surgical platforms
US10898622B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-01-26 Ethicon Llc Surgical evacuation system with a communication circuit for communication between a filter and a smoke evacuation device
US11446052B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-09-20 Cilag Gmbh International Variation of radio frequency and ultrasonic power level in cooperation with varying clamp arm pressure to achieve predefined heat flux or power applied to tissue
US12035890B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-07-16 Cilag Gmbh International Method of sensing particulate from smoke evacuated from a patient, adjusting the pump speed based on the sensed information, and communicating the functional parameters of the system to the hub
US12029506B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-07-09 Cilag Gmbh International Method of cloud based data analytics for use with the hub
US11464559B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Estimating state of ultrasonic end effector and control system therefor
US11096693B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-08-24 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment of staple height of at least one row of staples based on the sensed tissue thickness or force in closing
US10932872B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-03-02 Ethicon Llc Cloud-based medical analytics for linking of local usage trends with the resource acquisition behaviors of larger data set
US12009095B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-06-11 Cilag Gmbh International Real-time analysis of comprehensive cost of all instrumentation used in surgery utilizing data fluidity to track instruments through stocking and in-house processes
US11998193B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-06-04 Cilag Gmbh International Method for usage of the shroud as an aspect of sensing or controlling a powered surgical device, and a control algorithm to adjust its default operation
US10943454B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-03-09 Ethicon Llc Detection and escalation of security responses of surgical instruments to increasing severity threats
US11969216B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-04-30 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical network recommendations from real time analysis of procedure variables against a baseline highlighting differences from the optimal solution
US11969142B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-04-30 Cilag Gmbh International Method of compressing tissue within a stapling device and simultaneously displaying the location of the tissue within the jaws
US11937769B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-03-26 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication, processing, storage and display
US11931110B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a control system that uses input from a strain gage circuit
US10944728B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-03-09 Ethicon Llc Interactive surgical systems with encrypted communication capabilities
US11529187B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2022-12-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical evacuation sensor arrangements
US11918302B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-03-05 Cilag Gmbh International Sterile field interactive control displays
US10966791B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-04-06 Ethicon Llc Cloud-based medical analytics for medical facility segmented individualization of instrument function
US11540855B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-01-03 Cilag Gmbh International Controlling activation of an ultrasonic surgical instrument according to the presence of tissue
US11903587B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-02-20 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment to the surgical stapling control based on situational awareness
US11559308B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-01-24 Cilag Gmbh International Method for smart energy device infrastructure
US11559307B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-01-24 Cilag Gmbh International Method of robotic hub communication, detection, and control
US11076921B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-08-03 Cilag Gmbh International Adaptive control program updates for surgical hubs
US11069012B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-07-20 Cilag Gmbh International Interactive surgical systems with condition handling of devices and data capabilities
US11058498B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-07-13 Cilag Gmbh International Cooperative surgical actions for robot-assisted surgical platforms
US11571234B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-02-07 Cilag Gmbh International Temperature control of ultrasonic end effector and control system therefor
US11903601B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-02-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a plurality of drive systems
US11576677B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-02-14 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication, processing, display, and cloud analytics
US11896322B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Sensing the patient position and contact utilizing the mono-polar return pad electrode to provide situational awareness to the hub
US11056244B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-07-06 Cilag Gmbh International Automated data scaling, alignment, and organizing based on predefined parameters within surgical networks
US11589888B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-02-28 Cilag Gmbh International Method for controlling smart energy devices
US11896443B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-02-13 Cilag Gmbh International Control of a surgical system through a surgical barrier
US11890065B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-02-06 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical system to limit displacement
US11589932B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-02-28 Cilag Gmbh International Usage and technique analysis of surgeon / staff performance against a baseline to optimize device utilization and performance for both current and future procedures
US11596291B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-03-07 Cilag Gmbh International Method of compressing tissue within a stapling device and simultaneously displaying of the location of the tissue within the jaws
US11601371B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-03-07 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical network determination of prioritization of communication, interaction, or processing based on system or device needs
US11051876B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-07-06 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical evacuation flow paths
US11602393B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-03-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical evacuation sensing and generator control
US11864728B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-01-09 Cilag Gmbh International Characterization of tissue irregularities through the use of mono-chromatic light refractivity
US11612444B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-03-28 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment of a surgical device function based on situational awareness
US11166772B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-11-09 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical hub coordination of control and communication of operating room devices
US11864845B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-01-09 Cilag Gmbh International Sterile field interactive control displays
US11633237B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-04-25 Cilag Gmbh International Usage and technique analysis of surgeon / staff performance against a baseline to optimize device utilization and performance for both current and future procedures
US11045591B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-06-29 Cilag Gmbh International Dual in-series large and small droplet filters
US11857152B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2024-01-02 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical hub spatial awareness to determine devices in operating theater
US11844579B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-12-19 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustments based on airborne particle properties
US11659023B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-05-23 Cilag Gmbh International Method of hub communication
US11666331B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-06-06 Cilag Gmbh International Systems for detecting proximity of surgical end effector to cancerous tissue
US11832840B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-12-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument having a flexible circuit
US11672605B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-06-13 Cilag Gmbh International Sterile field interactive control displays
US11678881B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-06-20 Cilag Gmbh International Spatial awareness of surgical hubs in operating rooms
US11832899B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-12-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical systems with autonomously adjustable control programs
US11818052B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-11-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical network determination of prioritization of communication, interaction, or processing based on system or device needs
US11696760B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-07-11 Cilag Gmbh International Safety systems for smart powered surgical stapling
US11026751B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-06-08 Cilag Gmbh International Display of alignment of staple cartridge to prior linear staple line
US10987178B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-04-27 Ethicon Llc Surgical hub control arrangements
US11701185B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-07-18 Cilag Gmbh International Wireless pairing of a surgical device with another device within a sterile surgical field based on the usage and situational awareness of devices
US11786251B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-10-17 Cilag Gmbh International Method for adaptive control schemes for surgical network control and interaction
US11786245B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-10-17 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical systems with prioritized data transmission capabilities
US11779337B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-10-10 Cilag Gmbh International Method of using reinforced flexible circuits with multiple sensors to optimize performance of radio frequency devices
US11712303B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-08-01 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a control circuit
US11737668B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-08-29 Cilag Gmbh International Communication hub and storage device for storing parameters and status of a surgical device to be shared with cloud based analytics systems
US11744604B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-09-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument with a hardware-only control circuit
US11751958B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-09-12 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical hub coordination of control and communication of operating room devices
US11775682B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-10-03 Cilag Gmbh International Data stripping method to interrogate patient records and create anonymized record
US11013563B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2021-05-25 Ethicon Llc Drive arrangements for robot-assisted surgical platforms
US11771487B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2023-10-03 Cilag Gmbh International Mechanisms for controlling different electromechanical systems of an electrosurgical instrument
US11534196B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-12-27 Cilag Gmbh International Using spectroscopy to determine device use state in combo instrument
US11707293B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2023-07-25 Cilag Gmbh International Ultrasonic sealing algorithm with temperature control
US12121256B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2024-10-22 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for controlling temperature in ultrasonic device
US11701162B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2023-07-18 Cilag Gmbh International Smart blade application for reusable and disposable devices
US11317937B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Determining the state of an ultrasonic end effector
US11701139B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2023-07-18 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for controlling temperature in ultrasonic device
US11678927B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2023-06-20 Cilag Gmbh International Detection of large vessels during parenchymal dissection using a smart blade
US11337746B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-05-24 Cilag Gmbh International Smart blade and power pulsing
US11678901B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2023-06-20 Cilag Gmbh International Vessel sensing for adaptive advanced hemostasis
US11344326B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-05-31 Cilag Gmbh International Smart blade technology to control blade instability
US11839396B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2023-12-12 Cilag Gmbh International Fine dissection mode for tissue classification
US11844545B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2023-12-19 Cilag Gmbh International Calcified vessel identification
US11389188B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-07-19 Cilag Gmbh International Start temperature of blade
US12303159B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2025-05-20 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for estimating and controlling state of ultrasonic end effector
US11617597B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2023-04-04 Cilag Gmbh International Application of smart ultrasonic blade technology
US11399858B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-08-02 Cilag Gmbh International Application of smart blade technology
US11298148B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-04-12 Cilag Gmbh International Live time tissue classification using electrical parameters
US11457944B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-10-04 Cilag Gmbh International Adaptive advanced tissue treatment pad saver mode
US11589915B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2023-02-28 Cilag Gmbh International In-the-jaw classifier based on a model
US11464532B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for estimating and controlling state of ultrasonic end effector
US11986233B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2024-05-21 Cilag Gmbh International Adjustment of complex impedance to compensate for lost power in an articulating ultrasonic device
US11259830B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for controlling temperature in ultrasonic device
US11563656B2 (en) * 2018-03-19 2023-01-24 Nec Corporation State monitoring device, state monitoring system, and state monitoring method
US11931027B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2024-03-19 Cilag Gmbh Interntional Surgical instrument comprising an adaptive control system
US11090047B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-08-17 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising an adaptive control system
US11197668B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-12-14 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly comprising a lockout and an exterior access orifice to permit artificial unlocking of the lockout
US10973520B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-04-13 Ethicon Llc Surgical staple cartridge with firing member driven camming assembly that has an onboard tissue cutting feature
US11278280B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2022-03-22 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising a jaw closure lockout
US11207067B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-12-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling device with separate rotary driven closure and firing systems and firing member that engages both jaws while firing
US11937817B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2024-03-26 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instruments with asymmetric jaw arrangements and separate closure and firing systems
US11219453B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2022-01-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling devices with cartridge compatible closure and firing lockout arrangements
US11129611B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-09-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staplers with arrangements for maintaining a firing member thereof in a locked configuration unless a compatible cartridge has been installed therein
US11406382B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2022-08-09 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge comprising a lockout key configured to lift a firing member
US11166716B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-11-09 Cilag Gmbh International Stapling instrument comprising a deactivatable lockout
US11259806B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling devices with features for blocking advancement of a camming assembly of an incompatible cartridge installed therein
US11986185B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2024-05-21 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for controlling a surgical stapler
US11096688B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2021-08-24 Cilag Gmbh International Rotary driven firing members with different anvil and channel engagement features
US11471156B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2022-10-18 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling devices with improved rotary driven closure systems
US11213294B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2022-01-04 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical instrument comprising co-operating lockout features
US11589865B2 (en) 2018-03-28 2023-02-28 Cilag Gmbh International Methods for controlling a powered surgical stapler that has separate rotary closure and firing systems
US12124861B1 (en) 2018-08-20 2024-10-22 C/Hca, Inc. Disparate data aggregation for user interface customization
US20200105120A1 (en) * 2018-09-27 2020-04-02 International Business Machines Corporation Emergency detection and notification system
US11464511B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-10-11 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridges with movable authentication key arrangements
US11298129B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-04-12 Cilag Gmbh International Method for providing an authentication lockout in a surgical stapler with a replaceable cartridge
US11259807B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-03-01 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridges with cam surfaces configured to engage primary and secondary portions of a lockout of a surgical stapling device
US11751872B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2023-09-12 Cilag Gmbh International Insertable deactivator element for surgical stapler lockouts
US11272931B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-03-15 Cilag Gmbh International Dual cam cartridge based feature for unlocking a surgical stapler lockout
US11298130B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-04-12 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge retainer with frangible authentication key
US11369377B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-06-28 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly with cartridge based retainer configured to unlock a firing lockout
US11357503B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-06-14 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge retainers with frangible retention features and methods of using same
US11291444B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical stapling assembly with cartridge based retainer configured to unlock a closure lockout
US11291445B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-04-05 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridges with integral authentication keys
US11331101B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-05-17 Cilag Gmbh International Deactivator element for defeating surgical stapling device lockouts
US11317915B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Universal cartridge based key feature that unlocks multiple lockout arrangements in different surgical staplers
US11925350B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2024-03-12 Cilag Gmbh International Method for providing an authentication lockout in a surgical stapler with a replaceable cartridge
US11517309B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-12-06 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge retainer with retractable authentication key
US11331100B2 (en) 2019-02-19 2022-05-17 Cilag Gmbh International Staple cartridge retainer system with authentication keys
USD964564S1 (en) 2019-06-25 2022-09-20 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridge retainer with a closure system authentication key
USD952144S1 (en) 2019-06-25 2022-05-17 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridge retainer with firing system authentication key
USD950728S1 (en) 2019-06-25 2022-05-03 Cilag Gmbh International Surgical staple cartridge
US11108637B1 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-08-31 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Wireless relay consensus for mesh network architectures
US12204607B2 (en) 2019-11-14 2025-01-21 ResMed Pty Ltd Remote respiratory therapy device management
US11423119B2 (en) 2019-11-14 2022-08-23 ResMed Pty Ltd Remote respiratory therapy device management
US11042606B2 (en) 2019-11-14 2021-06-22 ResMed Pty Ltd Remote respiratory therapy device management
US11868427B2 (en) 2019-11-14 2024-01-09 ResMed Pty Ltd Remote respiratory therapy device management
US11651051B2 (en) 2019-11-14 2023-05-16 ResMed Pty Ltd Remote respiratory therapy device management
US20220375589A1 (en) * 2019-12-08 2022-11-24 Modo Medical Design Llc Wireless sensor monitoring
DE102020201627A1 (en) 2020-02-10 2021-08-12 Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland Gmbh METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR REMOTE MONITORING OF A MEDICAL DEVICE
US12272448B1 (en) 2020-02-18 2025-04-08 C/Hca, Inc. Predictive resource management
CN115552539A (en) * 2020-05-12 2022-12-30 柯惠有限合伙公司 Remote ventilator adjustment
WO2021231101A1 (en) * 2020-05-12 2021-11-18 Covidien Lp Remote ventilator adjustment
US12144925B2 (en) 2020-05-12 2024-11-19 Covidien Lp Remote ventilator adjustment
US11672934B2 (en) 2020-05-12 2023-06-13 Covidien Lp Remote ventilator adjustment
EP4169439A4 (en) * 2020-06-19 2023-07-19 Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd. WIRELESS MEDICAL DEVICE, CENTRAL MONITORING STATION AND WIRELESS MEDICAL MONITORING SYSTEM AND METHOD
US20240197179A1 (en) * 2020-06-19 2024-06-20 Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd. Wireless medical device, central monitoring station, and wireless medical monitoring system and method
US11514738B2 (en) 2020-07-20 2022-11-29 Abbott Laboratories Digital pass verification systems and methods
US11574514B2 (en) 2020-07-20 2023-02-07 Abbott Laboratories Digital pass verification systems and methods
US11514737B2 (en) 2020-07-20 2022-11-29 Abbott Laboratories Digital pass verification systems and methods
US10991190B1 (en) 2020-07-20 2021-04-27 Abbott Laboratories Digital pass verification systems and methods
US10991185B1 (en) 2020-07-20 2021-04-27 Abbott Laboratories Digital pass verification systems and methods
US12308117B2 (en) * 2020-10-02 2025-05-20 Loewenstein Medical Technology S.A. Method for updating a ventilator
US20220108794A1 (en) * 2020-10-02 2022-04-07 Loewenstein Medical Technology S.A. Method for updating a ventilator
EP4135369A1 (en) * 2021-08-13 2023-02-15 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. Wireless configuration and authorization of a wall unit that pairs with a medical device
US20230090671A1 (en) * 2021-09-23 2023-03-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Configuration and signaling techniques for scheduled wireless communications
US12120664B2 (en) * 2021-09-23 2024-10-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Configuration and signaling techniques for scheduled wireless communications

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20120182894A1 (en) 2012-07-19
US8798527B2 (en) 2014-08-05
US20140348054A1 (en) 2014-11-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20150070187A1 (en) Wireless Relay Module For Remote Monitoring Systems
US20150099458A1 (en) Network-Capable Medical Device for Remote Monitoring Systems
US8855550B2 (en) Wireless relay module having emergency call functionality
US9020419B2 (en) Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems having power and medical device proximity monitoring functionality
EP2805564B1 (en) Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems having power and medical device proximity monitoring functionality
AU2012355639B2 (en) Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems having alarm and display functionality
US9495511B2 (en) Remote monitoring systems and methods for medical devices
US8811888B2 (en) Wireless relay module for monitoring network status
EP2779008B1 (en) Remote monitoring systems for monitoring medical devices via wireless communication networks
CN104011764B (en) Systems and methods for patient identification in remote monitoring systems
JP2015512175A (en) Medical device remote monitoring system and method
JP5877911B2 (en) Wireless relay module for monitoring network status

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION